Cabletron Systems Network Cables 6A000 ZX 250 User Manual

SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250  
Reference Manual  
35 Industrial Way  
Rochester, NH 03866-5005  
USA  
(603) 332-9400  
Part # 04-0044-02 Rev. A  
Order # 9032400  
 
REVISION HISTORY  
Document Name:  
Document Order Number:  
Document Part Number:  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
Order # 9032400  
Part # 04-0044-02 Rev. A  
Author: Bruce Jordan  
Editor: Carre Gibson  
Date  
Revision  
Description  
October 1997  
A
Initial release  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual iii  
 
iv  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS  
1
Introduction  
1-1  
Audience and Scope  
Definitions  
Content  
Sections  
Conventions  
Abbreviations  
Help Options  
Other Reference Options  
Switch Attribute  
1-1  
1-1  
1-1  
1-2  
1-2  
1-3  
1-4  
1-4  
1-5  
1-9  
List of Commands and Possible Switch Attributes  
2
Console Commands  
2-1  
Alarm  
2-1  
2-6  
2-9  
AlarmConfig  
AlarmVerbose  
BUSClient  
BUSELAN  
BUSLECStat  
BUSStat  
CACParams  
CACStat  
Client  
ClientARP  
ClientStat  
ClientVC  
Community  
Config  
ELAN  
Exit  
Firmware  
History  
IISPRoute  
ILMIAdminStatus  
IPAddress  
IPATMARP  
IPATMClient  
IPATMPVC  
2-10  
2-12  
2-16  
2-18  
2-20  
2-22  
2-24  
2-28  
2-30  
2-35  
2-37  
2-39  
2-41  
2-45  
2-46  
2-48  
2-49  
2-52  
2-54  
2-56  
2-57  
2-61  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
v
 
Table of Contents  
IPATMStat  
LANEClient  
LECS  
2-64  
2-66  
2-68  
LECSAddress  
LECSELAN  
LECSELANLEC  
LECSStat  
LECSTLVParam  
LECSTLVSet  
LECSVCC  
LES  
2-70  
2-72  
2-75  
2-78  
2-81  
2-83  
2-88  
2-90  
LESARP  
2-91  
LESClient  
LESELAN  
LESLECStat  
LESStat  
2-92  
2-94  
2-98  
2-100  
2-103  
2-104  
2-106  
2-108  
2-109  
2-111  
2-124  
2-126  
2-128  
2-129  
2-130  
2-132  
2-137  
2-140  
2-143  
2-145  
2-147  
2-148  
2-157  
2-159  
2-161  
2-163  
2-164  
2-167  
2-168  
2-171  
2-172  
2-175  
2-177  
Log  
LogAlarmMask  
LogBuffer  
LogBufferSize  
LogPrint  
LogTrace  
MyNMAddr  
NetPrefix  
Passwd  
Ping  
PortAutoDetect  
PortConfig  
PortMode  
PortStat  
PortTrafficCongestion  
Privilege  
Prompt  
PVC  
PVCByID  
Reboot  
Route  
Rows  
SARStat  
Shutdown  
SigConfig  
SigFlags  
SigStat  
SSCOPConfig  
SVC  
vi  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Table of Contents  
Switch  
SwitchConfig  
SwitchName  
SwitchTrafficCongestion  
TrafficDescriptor  
TrustedNMS  
UNIRoute  
VCCMask  
WellKnownAddress  
2-182  
2-184  
2-188  
2-189  
2-197  
2-199  
2-201  
2-204  
2-206  
3
Boot Load Commands  
3-1  
Accessing the Boot Load Commands  
3-2  
3-3  
3-4  
3-5  
3-6  
3-7  
3-8  
3-9  
chpi  
clfs  
dcfg  
df  
go  
he  
ponf  
A
B
C
Acronyms  
A-1  
B-1  
C-1  
Cause Codes  
Technical Support  
Telephone Assistance  
FAX Service  
C-1  
C-1  
C-1  
C-1  
C-2  
C-2  
C-2  
Electronic Services  
Placing A Support Call  
Hardware Warranty  
Software Warranty  
Repair Services  
Index  
I-1  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual vii  
 
Table of Contents  
viii SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
LIST OF TABLES  
1-1 List of Operators  
1-5  
1-6  
1-2 Operator Table Explanation  
1-3 Parameter Table Explanation  
1-4 Description Table Explanation  
1-5 Description Table Example  
2-1 Filter Flags  
1-7  
1-8  
1-8  
2-113  
2-116  
2-117  
2-194  
B-1  
2-2 Software Modules for LogTrace  
2-3 Software Submodules for LogTrace  
2-4 Traffic Descriptor Defining Entry Combinations  
B-1 Cause code values and meanings  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual ix  
 
List of Tables  
x
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
1 INTRODUCTION  
This reference manual describes the console commands for the SmartCell 6A000 and SmartCell ZX-250 ATM  
switches. The two switches share a common console interface and are referred to in this manual as the SmartCell  
6A000/ZX-250.  
Audience and Scope  
The manual is intended for network administrators and others responsible for maintaining the SmartCell  
6A000/ZX-250. You do not need to read the manual from start to finish. You can use it to study the console commands  
you use.  
Definitions  
The manual is organized alphabetically by switch attribute.  
The definition of a switch attribute is a function that manipulates the switch in a specific way. For  
example, buselan.  
The definition of an operator is the active verb that makes the switch attribute perform a specific  
task. For example, show.  
The definition of a command is the combination of an operator plus a switch attribute. For example,  
show buselan.  
Content  
Chapter 2, "SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Commands," gives definitions, descriptions, and examples of  
all available commands on the SmartCell 6A000 and SmartCell ZX-250 switches.  
Chapter 3, “Boot Load Commands” gives definitions, descriptions, and examples of the low-level  
boot load commands.  
Appendix A, "Acronyms," spells out the ATM acronyms used in this manual as well as those found  
in the SmartCell 6A000 User Guide, SmartCell ZX-250 User Guide, and SmartCell ZX  
Administrator Installation Guide.  
Appendix B, “Cause Codes,” describes the codes that appear in some console messages.  
Appendix C, "Technical Support," gives instructions for contacting Cabletron by telephone, fax,  
electronic mail, and the World Wide Web.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 1-1  
 
Introduction  
Sections  
Read "Switch Attribute" for an example and definition of the various sections under each switch attribute as well as a  
description of how the manual is organized.  
Each section begins with a switch attribute heading (for example, "PVCByID"). Then come the details of relevant  
operators, parameters, and commands.  
Most sections have two parameter tables—one for input and another for output. The tables contain the parameter  
names, descriptions, and definitions of their values, field sizes, and defaults.  
The section ends with examples copied from the switch console for each console command for that switch attribute.  
Conventions  
The SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual uses the following conventions to convey instructions and  
information:  
Information you enter (console commands and input parameters) is shown in bold Courier 10 font  
and requires a space between operator and switch attribute.  
Input and output parameters are shown in [Square Brackets].  
Input definitions are shown in <anglebrackets>, as joined text and not case sensitive.  
Filter flags </s> (summary) or </d> (detail) are available with certain show commands and apply to  
different information viewing levels. Filter flags require a space between them and the full  
command. For example, show client /d. The/s option is the same as the standard default option. You  
can find more details at the relevant switch attribute sections. See the following examples:  
switch_prompt # show client  
ClientNumber(ALL)  
:
Client Type  
IP Address  
Server Type Server Conn Status  
==============================================================================  
1 LANE  
3 IP/ATM 90.1.1.124  
switch_prompt #  
90.1.1.186  
LECS  
Local  
Established Operational  
Established Operational  
switch_prompt # show client /s  
ClientNumber(ALL)  
:
Client Type  
IP Address  
Server Type Server Conn Status  
==============================================================================  
1 LANE  
3 IP/ATM 90.1.1.124  
switch_prompt #  
90.1.1.186  
LECS  
Local  
Established Operational  
Established Operational  
switch_prompt # show client /d  
ClientNumber(ALL)  
:
LANE Client 1  
==============================================================================  
Client State  
Client Address  
LAN Name  
: Operational  
: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:14:15:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:00  
: elan1  
LECS Addr Source : ILMI  
LECS Address  
LES Address  
LAN Type  
MTU  
: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:14:15:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:01  
: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:14:15:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:02  
: 802.3  
: 1516  
IP Address  
: 90.1.1.186  
1-2 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Introduction  
IP NetMask  
: 255.255.255.0  
IP/ATM Client 3  
==============================================================================  
Client State  
Client Address  
Server  
: Operational  
: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:14:15:00:00:00:5A:01:01:7C:00  
: is local  
Server Connection : Established  
MTU  
: 9180  
IP Address  
: 90.1.1.124  
Abbreviations  
Pay close attention to how switch attributes appear in each section heading. Switch attributes are not case sensitive. If  
the heading states BUSStat, you must type busstatand not busstats, because the switch will not recognize the latter.  
See the following example:  
switch_prompt # show busstats  
Command busstats not Valid for Action show  
Type Help <command> for help  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show busstat  
ELANNumber(ALL)  
BUS ELANs  
:
============================================================================  
ELAN ELAN000 Statistics  
Out Octets  
Out Unicast  
: 0  
: 0  
switch_prompt #  
You can, however, abbreviate the switch attribute to the extent that it is unique. For example, instead of typing show  
porttrafficcongestion, you can just type show portt. The same can be done with operators. Instead of typing modify,  
you can type mod. You should type at least three characters for any operator. For example,  
switch_prompt # modify portmode  
PortNumber(ALL)  
PortMode(SONET)  
switch_prompt #  
:
:
switch_prompt # mod portm  
PortNumber(ALL)  
PortMode(SONET)  
:
:
switch_prompt #  
See "Switch Attribute" for an explanation of how the sections are organized.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 1-3  
 
Introduction  
Help Options  
If you want information on a specific command, type ?or helpbefore typing the command and you will get a brief  
description of the command and all its input parameters. If you want information about a specific input parameter while  
executing a command, type ?or helpafter it appears on the console and it will give you details relating to that  
parameter. For example,  
switch_prompt # ? add lecselan  
Create/Add ELAN for LECS(LECSELAN)  
============================================================================  
ELANNumber  
ELANName  
LESAddress  
ELANType  
MTU  
ELAN Number in the range 0-127  
ELAN Name ( max. length 32 characters)  
ATM Address for the LES  
802.3 : Ethernet or 802.5 : TokenRing  
Maximum Frame Size - 1516(def for 802.3), 4544(def for 802.5), 9234  
TLV Set Number in the range 1-65535  
TLVSet  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # add lecselan  
ELANNumber(0)  
ELAN Number in the range 0-127  
ELANName(ELAN000)  
: ?  
: ?  
ELAN Name ( max. length 32 characters)  
LESAddress(39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:14:15:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:02): ?  
ATM Address for the LES  
ELANType(802.3)  
: ?  
802.3 : Ethernet or 802.5 : TokenRing  
MTU(1516)  
: ?  
Maximum Frame Size - 1516(def for 802.3), 4544(def for 802.5), 9234  
TLVSet()  
: ?  
TLV Set Number in the range 1-65535  
LECSELAN 0 already exists  
switch_prompt #  
Other Reference Options  
You will find a list of acronyms, details about technical support, and an index at the back of this manual. The index  
contains page references for all switch attribute sections, command parameters, operators, command descriptions and  
command examples. There is also a table of commands at the end of this chapter. It lists all switch attributes by their  
operator.  
See the SmartCell 6A000 User Guide and SmartCell ZX-250 User Guide for details on how to use the switch. The user  
guides contain information about switch configuration, maintenance, and SNMP (simple network management  
protocol), as well as an overview of switch capabilities.  
1-4 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Introduction  
Switch Attribute  
This section—immediately below the heading—gives a brief description of what the switch attribute does. A detailed  
description of each command is available under "Descriptions."  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
"X" under any of these headings indicates the switch attribute is applicable to that software type.  
Parameters  
Operators make the switch attribute work. Operators pertaining to each switch attribute are listed immediately below  
the "Operators" heading. The command is the switch attribute combined with the operator. A list of possible switch  
operators follows. You can use an alias when a word in parentheses appears. However, only the operators not in  
parentheses are used in this manual.  
Table 1-1 List of Operators  
Operator  
add (create)  
activate  
backup  
Action  
Adds new object  
Activates an existing but deactivated object  
Backs up switch configuration  
Clears (initializes to 0) properties of an object  
Lowers privilege level  
clear  
disable  
deactivate  
delete (remove)  
enable  
Deactivates an existing object  
Deletes existing object  
Raises privilege level  
exit  
Exits from console  
flush  
Flushes all entries  
history  
Shows past console commands  
Sets properties of an existing object  
modify (set)  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 1-5  
 
Introduction  
Table 1-1 List of Operators (Continued)  
Operator  
passwd  
reboot  
Action  
Changes passwords  
Reboots the switch  
restart  
Restarts LANE and IP-ATM clients  
Restores switch configuration  
Sets up switch  
restore  
setup  
show (display)  
OPERATOR  
shutdown  
start  
Shows properties of an object  
ACTION  
Shuts down switch  
Starts server  
stop  
Stops server  
update  
Upgrades firmware  
Operators  
Table 1-2 Operator Table Explanation  
Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[Input or Output Field] What the switch puts on your screen (either as input Unit of measurement/ Option  
(</d>)  
or output) relating to the console command you are Maximum field size  
offered by  
the switch.  
executing. The [InputParameter] is an entry you  
need to complete if you do not accept the default.  
The [OutputParameter] shows information from the  
switch. Requires no input. This example is available  
only within the detailed information table.  
for input entry.  
Parameters appear in the parameter tables in the same order and spelling as the switch shows them.  
Most switch attribute descriptions show two tables—Input Parameter and Output Parameter. If the parameter has  
already been described in the input parameter table, no reference to it appears in the output parameter table. The output  
parameter table contains only parameters that have not been described in the input parameter table or that are written  
very differently on output despite having the same meaning.  
1-6 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Introduction  
Only one parameter table in a switch attribute section means either that switch attribute uses only input parameters or  
that the output parameters are identical to the input parameters. The heading of the table indicates which is the case. If  
the table heading says Input Parameter or Output Parameter, only input or output parameters apply to this switch  
attribute. However, if the table heading says Parameter, the table contains both input and output parameters, and their  
field names and definitions are identical.  
Some output parameters show either (</d>) or (</s>) to indicate that a filter flag is available and that parameter is  
available only when you type either /d (detailed information) or /s (summarized information) after the command. If  
you do not type these command extensions, the parameters do not appear. Further explanations are given at relevant  
sections. See "SVC" for an example.  
The following table gives details about several of the most common parameters in this manual; a shorter description  
of these parameters appears at the relevant sections within the manual:  
Table 1-3 Parameter Table Explanation  
Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[PortNumber]  
Port number on the switch. Port  
numbers can be any of the physical  
ports on the local switch. Specifying  
Port B4 is the CPU port. The  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 reserve  
this port for use by the CPU for local  
ALL or A1  
"ALL" causes all related values for the servers and clients. Therefore, B4  
ports to be affected by the command. port is usually not listed. Only ALL,  
A1-A4, B1-B3, C1-C4, and D1-D4  
are listed.  
[ATM Address] ATM address assigned to the port,  
client, or server according to ATM  
Forum specifications.  
13-20 bytes. Hex-based,  
dot-decimal format separated by  
colons/  
usually no default  
59 characters  
[ClientNumber] Number of the client. Each client on  
the switch must have a unique client  
number. Client numbers are shared  
between LAN emulation (LANE)  
clients and IP/ATM (IP over ATM)  
clients.  
0 through 127/  
Up to 3 characters  
ALL  
With [IndexNumber], [PortNumber], [Client Number], and other parameters that default to "ALL", unless you specify  
a number at that input field, the switch gives ALL information pertaining to that parameter field.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 1-7  
 
Introduction  
Descriptions  
Table 1-4 Description Table Explanation  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
console  
command  
[InputParameter] <whatyoutype>  
This section provides detailed descriptions of the command  
(operator and switch attribute) and discusses what the  
command does and how and when it is used. Other relevant  
information appears here.  
(Privilege level this console command  
allows:)  
Administrator or All  
The following is an example of a description section. It is located under "BUSELAN." Note the detailed description  
of the command following the table.  
Table 1-5 Description Table Example  
Operator  
Permissions/Parameters  
Description  
modify buselan  
[ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
[ELANName] <elanname>  
Changes the behavior of the BUS parameters for a  
specified ELAN. The specified ELAN is then  
[ConnectMethod] <connectmethod> deleted and recreated. If the corresponding  
[ELANType] <elantype>  
LESELAN exists, then the modified BUSELAN  
[Multipoint] <distributevcctpe> should have the same characteristics as that  
[MTU] <maximumframesize>  
Administrator  
existing LESELAN because their parameters need  
to match.  
Examples  
Examples are copied exactly from the switch console to show you what you should see. They appear at the end of each  
section in the same order as the operators are listed at the start of each section. There is no significance to the order in  
which the examples appear, except that show usually appears after the other command examples to demonstrate how  
a command can change a characteristic of the switch. Unless they fit on the current page, examples usually begin at  
the top of a page. The location of every command example appears in the index under "Examples".  
Examples show how you must enter console commands at the switch prompt (indicated in bold - modify buselan  
(console command)). The other bold text (1, 103, pvc, 802.5, 4544) is the input parameters that modify this switch  
attribute (BUSELAN). The text in brackets (immediately following the parameter field - for example,  
ELANType(802.3)) indicates the current default. See the following examples.  
switch_prompt # modify buselan(console command)  
ELANNumber(0)  
:103(input entry)  
:elan103(input entry)  
:pvc(input entry)  
:802.5(input entry)  
: (accept default)  
:4544 (input entry)  
ELANName(ELAN102)  
ConnectMethod(SVC)  
ELANType(802.3)  
Multipoint(YES)  
MTU(1516)  
switch_prompt #  
1-8 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Introduction  
switch_prompt # show buselan  
ELANNumber : 103  
ELAN : elan103  
ELAN Number  
ELAN Name  
: 103  
: elan103  
ATM Address  
Max Frame Size  
:39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:00:20:D4:14:15:66:02  
: 4544  
Connection Method : PVC  
Distribute VPI/VCI: 0/50  
LAN Type  
Multipoint  
: 802.5  
: YES  
switch_prompt #  
List of Commands and Possible Switch Attributes  
add (create)  
AlarmConfig  
IISPRoute  
BUSELAN  
IPATMClient  
LECSELAN  
PVC  
Community  
ELAN  
IPATMPVC  
LANEClient  
LECSTLVSET  
TrafficDescriptor  
LECSAddress  
LESELAN  
LECSELANLEC  
Route  
TrapCommunity  
UNIRoute  
WellKnownAddress  
delete (remove)  
BUSClient  
ELAN  
BUSELAN  
Client  
Community  
LECSAddress  
LECSTLVSET  
PVCByID  
IISPRoute  
IPATMPVC  
LECSTLVPARAM  
PVC  
LECSELAN  
LESClient  
Route  
LECSELANLEC  
LESELAN  
TrafficDescriptor  
TrapCommunity  
UNIRoute  
WellKnownAddress  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 1-9  
 
Introduction  
modify (set)  
AlarmConfig  
ILMIAdminStatus  
LECSAddress  
LESELAN  
AlarmVerbose  
IPAddress  
BUSELAN  
CACParams  
LANEClient  
LECSTLVSET  
LogPrint  
IPATMClient  
LECSELANLEC  
LogBuffer  
LECSELAN  
LogAlarmMask  
MyNMAddr  
PortMode  
LogTrace  
NetPrefix  
PortAutoDetect  
Prompt  
PortConifg  
PortTrafficCongestion  
SwitchConfig  
VCMask  
Rows  
SigConfig  
SwitchName  
SwitchTrafficCongestion  
TrustedNMS  
1-10 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Introduction  
show (display)  
ALARM  
AlarmConfig  
BUSLECStat  
Client  
AlarmVerbose  
BUSStat  
BUSClient  
BUSELAN  
CACStat  
CACParams  
ClientStat  
ClientARP  
ELAN  
ClientVC  
Community  
IPATMARP  
LECSAddress  
LECSTLVSET  
LESELAN  
LogBuffer  
MyNMAddr  
PortMode  
IISPRoute  
ILMIAdminStatus  
LECS  
IPATMPVC  
LECSELAN  
LECSVCC  
LESLECStat  
LogBufferSize  
NetPRefix  
IPATMStat  
LECSELANLEC  
LESArp  
LECSStat  
LESClient  
LogAlarmMask  
LogTrace  
LESStat  
LogPrint  
PortAutoDetect  
PortTrafficCongestion  
SarStat  
PortConfig  
Privilege  
PortStat  
PVC  
Route  
SigConfig  
SigFlags  
SigStat  
SSCOPConfig  
Traffic Descriptor  
VCCMask  
SVC  
SwitchConfig  
TrustedNMS  
SwitchTrafficCongestion  
UNIROUTE  
TrapCommunity  
WellKnownAddress  
activate/deactivate  
PVC  
PVCByID  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 1-11  
 
Introduction  
backup/restore  
switch  
clear  
ALARM  
BUSStat  
LogTrace  
Config  
LESStat  
LogBuffer  
PortStat  
disable/enable  
disable/enable  
exit  
exit  
flush  
ALARM  
IISPRoute  
PVC  
UNIRoute  
WellKnownAddress  
history  
history  
1-12 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Introduction  
passwd  
passwd  
restart  
client  
setup  
Switch  
shutdown  
shutdown  
start  
LECS  
LES  
LES  
log  
log  
Ping  
stop  
LECS  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 1-13  
 
Introduction  
update  
firmware  
1-14 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
2 CONSOLE COMMANDS  
Alarm  
Use Alarm to set alarm messaging features.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
show, clear, flush  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[Index]  
Index for showing the  
particular alarm.  
1, 2, 3, 4.../  
n/a  
ALL  
In the Output Parameter table below, (</d>) indicates parameters that are available only through the show alarm  
/d (detailed) command. (</s>) (summarized) appears next to a parameter to indicate that this parameter appears in  
both the summarized table and the detailed table  
Output Parameter  
Description  
Default  
[AlarmNumber] (</s>)  
Numeric position of specified alarm within alarm  
message buffer.  
1, 2, 3, 4...  
[Module] (</s>)  
Four-character name of the software module that  
generated the log and alarm entries.  
See Software Modules  
Table under “LogTrace” .  
[SubModule] (</s>)  
Four-character name of the software submodule that  
See Software  
generated the log entry that created this alarm message. SubModules Table under  
“LogTrace” .  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-1  
 
Console Commands  
Output Parameter  
Description  
Default  
[TimeStamp] (</s>)  
Time (in system up time) when the alarm message entry n/a  
was created. The time stamp is in the format  
[hrs:mins:secs:msecs].  
[Message] (</s>)  
Numeric code that specifies the message in the log entry n/a  
that generated this alarm message. Actual alphanumeric  
message is not stored with the alarm because of the  
limited space within the flash files.  
[SequenceNum] (</d>)  
Sequence number (within the log message buffer) of the 1, 2, 3, 4...  
log message entry that generated this alarm message  
entry.  
[NumParameters] (</d>) Number of informational parameters within alarm  
1, 2, 3, 4...  
message entry.  
[LogLevel] (</d>)  
[Parameter] (</d>)  
Log debug level of the log message that caused the alarm 1, 2, 3, 4...  
message to be generated.  
List of parameters displayed by the alarm message.  
n/a  
Fields include parameter number, type, length, and value.  
The following parameters are visible only with flush alarm:  
[Alarm directory]  
[AlarmConfig file]  
[Alarm Filename]  
Name of the directory within the flash file system that  
contains the alarm message buffer.  
ALARM  
Name of the file that contains the current configuration of alarmc.db  
the alarm message buffer.  
Base name of the set of files within the flash file system zalarm  
where alarm messages are stored. Alarm message file  
names are composed of the base name and a numeric  
offset.  
[Num of alarm files]  
[Starting file number]  
Number of alarm files (within the flash file system) to be 32  
used for saving alarm messages.  
Offset to starting file for alarm messages in relation to  
number of alarm message files stated by [Num of  
alarm files].  
0
[Num of used files]  
Number of files currently used within the alarm message  
buffer.  
0
2-2 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Output Parameter  
Description  
Default  
[Num of logs per file]  
Number of alarm messages that can be held by each file  
within the alarm message buffer.  
8
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
show alarm  
(/s | /d)  
Displays alarm messages contained within the alarm message  
buffer. Alarm messages are referred to by their index numbers.  
Index numbers correspond to the order in which an alarm  
message is logged into the alarm message buffer.  
[Index] <index>  
Administrator  
The amount of information displayed is controlled by modify  
alarmverbose, described on page 9. Alarmverbose has two  
additional options —/s(summary) and /d(detail) filter flags.  
These filter flags control the amount of information displayed  
only when alarmverbose is on. When alarmverbose is off, /s  
and /d display the same information.  
clear alarm  
Administrator  
Clears the current alarm message and alarm configuration files  
from the buffer for saving or showing alarms. If the alarm  
message file is cleared, all currently stored alarm messages are  
cleared as well. You must confirm that you wish to clear the  
alarm before you can continue to clear the alarm configuration  
file. If you respond nto the clear alarm confirmation prompt, it  
assumes you have canceled the command. If you respond y, you  
will see details of the alarm configuration file. You must  
confirm at this prompt also before the command is completed.  
Use add alarmconfigon page 6 to create an alarm message  
buffer file again  
flush alarm  
Administrator  
Flushes alarms and deletes saved alarm messages from the flash  
file system. You must confirm at the prompt before the  
command is completed. Use add alarmconfigon page 6 to  
create an alarm message buffer file again.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-3  
 
Console Commands  
Examples  
(AlarmVerbose is off)  
switch_prompt # modify alarmverbose  
Mode(On)  
: off  
Setting Alarm Verbose Mode to Off  
switch_prompt # show alarm 1 /s  
----------------------------------------------------  
Num Mod SubMod T(h:m:s:ms) Msg  
----------------------------------------------------  
HW LINK 000:00:13:886 14910: Port (null) DOWN  
1
switch_prompt # show alarm 1 /d  
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
Num Mod SubMod T(h:m:s:ms) Msg Seq L P P-532387424(TLV) P-532387424(TLV) P-532387424(TLV)  
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
1
HW LINK 000:00:13:886 14910: Port (null) DOWN 1 2 3  
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  
531652752 0(0x0) 531652752 0(0x2)  
switch_prompt #  
531652752 0(0x0)  
(AlarmVerbose is on)  
switch_prompt # modify alarmverbose  
Mode(Off)  
: on  
Setting Alarm Verbose Mode to On  
switch_prompt # show alarm 1 /s  
-----------------------------------  
AlarmNumber  
Module  
: 1  
: HW  
SubModule  
TimeStamp  
SequenceNum  
NumParameters  
LogLevel  
: LINK  
: 000:00:13:886  
: 1  
: 3  
: 2  
Parameter  
: Num  
: 0  
: 1  
Type  
STR  
INT  
STR  
Len  
Val  
0
0
0
-531130720(0xe05796a0)  
2(0x2)  
-535494944(0xe014fee0)  
: 2  
Message  
: [14910] Port (null) DOWN  
switch_prompt # show alarm 1 /d  
-----------------------------------  
AlarmNumber  
Module  
: 1  
: HW  
SubModule  
TimeStamp  
SequenceNum  
NumParameters  
LogLevel  
: LINK  
: 000:00:13:886  
: 1  
: 3  
: 2  
Parameter  
: Num  
: 0  
: 1  
Type  
STR  
INT  
STR  
Len  
0
0
Val  
-531130720(0xe05796a0)  
2(0x2)  
-535494944(0xe014fee0)  
: 2  
0
Message  
: [14910] Port (null) DOWN  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # clear alarm  
Confirm(y/n)?: y  
2-4 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Writing into Alarm Configuration  
Alarm directory  
Alarm Config file  
Alarm Filename  
: ALARM  
: alarmc.db  
: zalarm  
Num of alarm files : 32  
Starting file number: 0  
Num of used files  
: 18  
Num of logs per file: 8  
Would you also like to clear this Alarm Configuration file(y/n)?: y  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # flush alarm  
Writing into Alarm Configuration  
Alarm directory  
Alarm Config file  
Alarm Filename  
: ALARM  
: alarmc.db  
: zalarm  
Num of alarm files : 32  
Starting file number: 0  
Num of used files  
: 18  
Num of logs per file: 8  
Confirm(y/n)?: y  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-5  
 
Console Commands  
AlarmConfig  
Use AlarmConfig (alarm configuration) to determine alarm message buffer file configuration.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
add, modify, show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[AlarmNumFiles]  
Number of alarm files (within the flash file  
system) to be used for saving alarm messages.  
1, 2, 3, 4.../  
1-32  
32  
[StartFileNum]  
[NumFilesUsed]  
Offset to the starting file for alarm messages in  
relation to number of alarm message files  
specified by [AlarmNumFiles].  
0, 1, 2, 3, 4.../  
n/a  
0
0
Number of files currently used within the alarm  
0, 1, 2, 3, 4.../  
message buffer (cannot exceed number of files to n/a  
store alarms).  
[NumAlarmsPerFile]  
Number of alarm messages that can be stored per 0, 1, 2, 3, 4.../  
8
file within the alarm message buffer. Using a  
smaller value results in less file system rewriting  
but increases the space wasted per entry, as each  
file has fixed overhead.  
n/a  
Output Parameter  
Description  
Default  
[Alarm directory]  
Name of the directory within the flash file system that contains the alarm ALARM  
message buffer.  
2-6 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
 
Console Commands  
Output Parameter  
Description  
Default  
[Alarm Config file]  
Name of the file that contains the current configuration of the alarm  
message buffer.  
alarmc.db  
[Alarm Filename]  
Base name of the set of files within the flash file system where alarm  
messages are stored. Alarm message file names are composed of the base  
name and a numeric offset.  
zalarm  
[Num of alarm files]  
[Starting file number]  
[Num of used files]  
[Num of logs per file]  
Same as [AlarmNumFiles] Input Parameter.  
Same as [StartFileNum] Input Parameter.  
Same as [NumFilesUsed] Input Parameter.  
Same as [NumAlarmsPerFile] Input Parameter.  
32  
0
0
8
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters / Permissions  
Description  
add  
[AlarmNumFiles] <numfiles>  
Creates the alarm message buffer file configuration, which  
specifies how alarm messages are saved to the flash file  
system.  
alarmconfig [StartFileNum] <startfiles>  
[NumFilesUsed] <numfilesused>  
[NumAlarmsPerFile] <numalarms>  
Alarm messages are saved in the flash file system and are  
persistent through system reboots. If a configuration file is  
already present, the parameters within the file override any  
alarm message configuration parameters entered through the  
console.  
Administrator  
The number of alarm files ranges from 0 to whatever value  
you decide using the [AlarmNumFiles] parameter. The alarm  
file number starts at whatever value you specify using the  
[StartFileNum] parameter. The number of files that contain  
alarm messages is specified by the[NumFilesUsed]  
parameter, which ranges between 0 and whatever value you  
have specified using the [AlarmNumFiles] parameter. The  
maximum number of alarm messages that can be stored is  
[NumAlarmsPerFile] multiplied by [AlarmNumFiles], and is  
limited by the size of the flash file system.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-7  
 
Console Commands  
Operator  
Parameters / Permissions  
Description  
modify  
[AlarmNumFiles] <numfiles>  
Modifies the current alarm message configuration parameters  
for saving alarms. The current values of each configuration  
parameter are displayed. You can either accept the current  
value or enter a new value.  
alarmconfig [StartFileNum] <stfile>  
[NumFilesUsed] <numfilesused>  
[NumAlarmsPerFile] <numalarms>  
All  
show  
alarmconfig  
Administrator  
Displays the current alarm message buffer file configuration  
parameters for saving alarms. These parameters define the  
location of the configuration file, alarm message buffer  
filename, number of alarm message files, number used, and  
the number of alarm messages that each file can contain.  
flush  
alarmconfig  
Administrator  
Flushes and deletes alarms and current alarm message buffer  
configurations from the flash file system. You must confirm  
at the prompt before the command is entered.  
Examples  
switch_prompt # add alarmconfig  
AlarmNumFiles(32) :  
StartFileNum(0)  
NumFilesUsed(0)  
:
:
NumAlarmsPerFile(8):  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # modify alarmconfig  
AlarmNumFiles(32) :  
StartFileNum(0)  
NumFilesUsed(0)  
:
:
NumAlarmsPerFile(8):  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show alarmconfig  
Writing into Alarm Configuration  
Alarm directory  
Alarm Config file  
Alarm Filename  
: ALARM  
: alarmc.db  
: zalarm  
Num of alarm files : 32  
Starting file number: 0  
Num of used files  
: 18  
Num of logs per file: 8  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # flush alarmconfig  
Writing into Alarm Configuration  
Alarm directory  
Alarm Config file  
Alarm Filename  
: ALARM  
: alarmc.db  
: zalarm  
Num of alarm files : 32  
Starting file number: 0  
Num of used files  
: 18  
Num of logs per file: 8  
Confirm(y/n)?:y  
switch_prompt #  
2-8 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
AlarmVerbose  
Use AlarmVerbose to determine how much information is displayed in the alarm messages.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
modify, show  
Parameter  
Input  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
Parameter  
[Mode]  
The method of switching verbose on or off. On/Off  
On  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Descriptions  
modify  
alarmverbose  
[Mode] <verbosemode>  
Sets the verbose mode for displaying alarm messages. If  
verbose mode is set to on, each alarm message is printed  
separately. If verbose mode is set to off, alarm messages are  
displayed in tabular format.  
Administrator  
show  
alarmverbose  
Administrator  
Displays the current setting for verbose mode, which affects  
how alarm messages are displayed.  
Examples  
switch_prompt # modify alarmverbose  
Mode(On): off  
Setting Alarm Verbose Mode to Off  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show alarmverbose  
Verbose mode for printing log and alarms is Off  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-9  
 
 
Console Commands  
BUSClient  
Use BUSClient (broadcast and unknown server client) to manage the mapping between the BUSELAN and the LANE  
clients that have joined the BUSELAN. Clients are uniquely identified by their LECId.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
Operators  
delete, show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[ELANNumber]  
Number of the ELAN to which the BUS  
belongs.  
0-127  
ALL  
[LECId]  
LEC identification number of the specified  
client.  
1-65279  
0
Output Parameter  
Description  
[VPI/VCI]  
VPI/VCI (virtual path/channel identifier) values of control direct VCC (virtual channel  
connection) or multicast send VCC.  
[ATM Address]  
ATM address of the client.  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
delete  
busclient  
[ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
[LecID] <lecidvalue>  
Removes a specified client from the BUS on the specified  
ELAN.  
Administrator  
2-10 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
show  
busclient  
[ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
Displays information about all clients that have joined the  
BUS on the specified ELAN.  
All  
Examples  
switch_prompt # delete busclient  
ELANNumber(0) :  
LECId(0)  
LECId  
: 14  
: 14  
ATMAddress  
: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:11:80:00:20:D4:00:D6:C0:00  
Confirm(y/n)? : y  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show busclient 0  
Client table entries for ELAN ELAN000  
===========================================================================  
LECId  
: 1  
VPI/VCI  
ATM Address  
: 0/219  
: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:2F:00:00:20:D4:14:2F:00:00  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-11  
 
Console Commands  
BUSELAN  
Use BUSELAN (broadcast and unknown server emulated LAN) to determine the characteristics of the specified  
ELAN maintained by the BUS. If the corresponding LESELAN exists, it should be identical.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
Operators  
add, delete, modify, show  
2-12 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[ELANNumber]  
Number of the ELAN to which the BUS  
belongs.  
0-127  
ALL  
[ELANName]  
[ConnectMethod]  
[ELANType]  
Name of the ELAN to which the BUS belongs. Up to 32 characters  
ELAN000  
SVC  
Type of connection used.  
PVC, SVC  
Data-link type used by the ELAN.  
802.3 (Ethernet),  
802.3  
802.5 (TokenRing)  
[Multipoint]  
[MTU]  
Indicates whether control distribute VCC is  
PMP (point-to-multipoint) or PTP  
(point-to-point).  
YES: VCC is PMP  
NO: VCC is PTP  
YES  
Maximum transfer unit assigned for this client. 1516 or 9234 (Ethernet), 1516  
4544 (Token Ring)  
Output Parameter  
[ATM Address]  
Description  
ATM address of the ELAN.  
[Distribute VPI/VCI]  
VPI/VCI values of control direct VCC or multicast send VCC.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-13  
 
Console Commands  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
add buselan [ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
[ELANName] <elanname>  
[ConnectMethod]  
Creates a BUS on a specified ELAN. If the corresponding  
LESELAN exists, then the added BUSELAN should have  
similar characteristics.  
<connectmethod>  
[ELANType] <elantype  
[Multipoint]  
<distributevcctpe>  
[MTU] <maximumframesize>  
Administrator  
delete  
buselan  
[ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
Removes the BUS from a specified ELAN and drops clients  
connected to it.  
Administrator  
modify  
buselan  
[ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
[ELANName] <elanname>  
[ConnectMethod]  
<connectmethod>  
[ELANType] <elantype>  
[Multipoint]  
Changes the behavior of the BUS parameters for a specified  
ELAN. The specified ELAN is then deleted and recreated. If  
the corresponding LESELAN exists, then the modified  
BUSELAN should have the same characteristics as that  
existing LESELAN because their parameters need to match.  
<distributevcctpe>  
[MTU] <maximumframesize>  
Administrator  
show  
buselan  
[ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
Displays the BUS parameters for the specified ELAN. Enter  
show buselanto confirm that changes you made.  
All  
Examples  
switch_prompt # add buselan  
ELANNumber(0)  
: 102  
ELANName(ELAN102)  
ConnectMethod(SVC)  
ELANType(802.3)  
Multipoint(YES)  
MTU(1516)  
:
:
:
:
:
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # delete buselan  
ELANNumber(0) : 3  
ELAN Number  
ELAN Name  
: 3  
: ELAN003  
ATM Address  
: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:00:20:D4:14:15:03:02  
Confirm(y/n)? : y  
switch_prompt #  
2-14 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
The example below changes ELAN102 from an Ethernet BUSELAN to a Token Ring BUSELAN, changing the MTU  
to reflect the change in ELAN type. It assumes the LES has already been changed.  
switch_prompt # modify buselan 102  
ELANName(ELAN102)  
ConnectMethod(svc)  
ELANType(802.3)  
Multipoint(yes)  
MTU(1516)  
:
:
: 802.5  
:
: 4544  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show buselan 102  
ELAN: ELAN102  
ELAN Number  
ELAN Name  
ATM Address  
MTU  
: 102  
: ELAN102  
: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:00:20:D4:14:15:66:02  
: 4544  
Connection Method: SVC  
Distribute VPI/VCI: 0/2423  
LAN Type  
Multipoint  
: 802.5  
: YES  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-15  
 
Console Commands  
BUSLECStat  
Use BUSLECStat (broadcast and unknown server LAN emulation client statistics) to view traffic statistics for all or  
specified clients that have joined the BUSELAN.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
Operator  
show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[ELANNumber]  
Number of the ELAN to which the BUS  
belongs.  
0-127  
ALL  
[LECId]  
LEC identification number of the specified  
client.  
0-65279  
0
Output Parameter  
[ATMAddress]  
[Receives]  
Description  
ATM address of the client.  
Number of multicast and broadcast and unknown forward requests received by the  
BUS from this LEC.  
[Forwards]  
[Discards]  
Number of requests forwarded by the BUS from this LEC.  
Number of requests discarded by the BUS from this LEC.  
2-16 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
show  
buslecstat  
[ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
[LecId] <lecidvalue>  
Displays statistical information about a specific client or all  
clients on that ELAN. To verify the LECId, enter show  
clientfirst to obtain the ELAN number.  
All  
Example  
switch_prompt # show buslecstat  
ELANNumber(0) :  
LECId(0)  
:
Client statistics for ELAN ELAN000  
===========================================================================  
LECId  
: 1  
ATM address  
Receives  
Forwards  
: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:2F:00:00:20:D4:14:2F:00:00  
: 17185  
: 17185  
: 0  
Discards  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-17  
 
Console Commands  
BUSStat  
Use BUSStat (broadcast and unknown server statistics) to view statistics that the BUS maintains for each ELAN.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
Operators  
show, clear  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[ELANNumber]  
Number of the ELAN to which the BUS belongs. 0-127  
ALL  
Output Parameter  
[Out Octets]  
Description  
Number of octets (bytes) the BUS has sent since its initialization.  
Number of unicast frames forwarded by the BUS.  
Number of multicast frames forwarded by the BUS.  
Number of octets (bytes) the BUS has received since its initialization.  
Number of unicast frames received by the BUS.  
Number of multicast frames received by the BUS.  
Number of frames dropped by the BUS due to timeout.  
Number of frames rejected because VCC is not available.  
[Out Unicast]  
[Out Multicast]  
[In Octets]  
[In Unicast]  
[In Multicast]  
[Frame Timeouts]  
[VCC Rejects]  
2-18 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
show  
busstat  
[ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
Displays BUS statistics for the specified ELAN or for all  
ELANs.  
All  
clear  
busstat  
[ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
Clears BUS statistics for the specified ELAN or for all  
ELANs.  
Administrator  
Examples  
switch_prompt # show busstat 3  
ELAN ELAN003 Statistics  
Out Octets  
Out Unicast  
Out Multicast  
In Octets  
: 450432  
: 7030  
: 3  
: 450432  
: 7030  
: 3  
In Unicast  
In Multicast  
Frame Timeouts  
VCC Rejects  
switch_prompt #  
: 0  
: 0  
switch_prompt # clear busstat  
ELANNumber(ALL):  
Clearing ALL BUS ELAN Statistics  
Confirm(y/n)?:y  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-19  
 
Console Commands  
CACParams  
Use CACParams (call admission control parameters) to determine the allocation of bandwidth to SVCs (switched  
virtual circuits) and PVCs (permanent virtual circuits) for individual ports on the switch.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
modify, show  
Parameters  
Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[PortNumber]  
Port number on the switch.  
ALL, A1...A4,  
B1...B3, C1...C4, D1...  
D4  
ALL  
[AllocScheme] Three allocation levels you can choose for connection LIBERAL,  
LIBERAL  
admission.  
MODERATE,  
CONSERVATIVE  
2-20 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
modify  
cacparams  
[PortNumber] <portnumber>  
[AllocScheme]  
<allocationlevel>  
Modifies the CAC parameter scheme used for bandwidth  
calculation. Three different levels can be set for each port.  
LIBERAL: More calls are admitted. These  
can total up to 4,000 VCs per switch with  
aggressive allocation of bandwidth,  
reserving less bandwidth for each  
connection.  
Administrator  
MODERATE: A moderate allocation is a  
balance between the number of calls versus  
the bandwidth for each connection.  
Moderate allocation admits fewer calls and  
more bandwidth per call than a liberal  
setting.  
CONSERVATIVE: A conservative  
allocation allocates more bandwidth for  
each connection. Conservative allocation  
admits fewer calls and more bandwidth per  
call than a moderate setting.  
show  
cacparams  
[PortNumber] <portnumber>  
Displays the CAC parameter scheme used for bandwidth  
calculation.  
All  
Examples  
switch_prompt # modify cacparams  
PortNumber :( ALL ): a2  
AllocScheme :( )  
switch_prompt #  
: moderate  
switch_prompt # modify cacparams  
PortNumber :( ALL ): a3  
AllocScheme :( )  
switch_prompt #  
: liberal  
switch_prompt # show cacparams  
PortNumber :( ALL ):  
Port#  
Allocation Scheme  
===========================================================================  
A1  
A2  
A3  
CONSERVATIVE  
MODERATE  
LIBERAL  
A4  
B1  
B2  
B3  
MODERATE  
MODERATE  
MODERATE  
MODERATE  
LIBERAL  
B4(CPU)  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-21  
 
Console Commands  
CACStat  
Use CACStat to see the CAC (call admission control) statistics.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operator  
show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[PortNumber]  
Port number on the switch.  
ALL, A1...A4, B1...B3,  
C1...C4, D1...D4  
ALL  
Output Parameter  
[Bandwidth Available]  
[Bandwidth Allocated] -  
Description  
Total bandwidth (in Kb/s) available on that port.  
Total bandwidth (in Kb/s) allocated for CBR (constant bit rate), RTVBR (real time  
CBR, RTVBR, NRTVBR, UBR variable bit rate), NRTVBR (non real time variable bit rate) and UBR (unspecified  
bit rate) connections, or specific circuit connection allocation (CBR, RTVBR,  
NRTVBR, UBR).  
2-22 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
show  
cacstat  
[PortNumber] <portnumber>  
Displays the CAC statistics of allocated bandwidth for all or  
specified ports and each traffic category (CBR, RTVBR,  
NRTVBR and UBR).  
ALL  
Examples  
switch_prompt # show cacstat  
PortNumber(ALL) :  
Port#  
Bandwidth Available  
Bandwidth Allocated  
(In Kb/s)  
RTVBR NRTVBR UBR  
============================================================================  
(In Kb/s)  
Total  
CBR  
A1  
A2  
A3  
A4  
B1  
B2  
B3  
B4(CPU)  
136393  
136393  
136393  
136393  
136393  
136393  
136393  
131318  
823  
823  
823  
823  
823  
823  
823  
5898  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
823  
823  
823  
823  
823  
823  
823  
5759  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
139  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show cacstat  
PortNumber(ALL): a1  
Port#  
Bandwidth Available  
(In Kb/s)  
Bandwidth Allocated  
(In Kb/s)  
Total  
CBR  
RTVBR NRTVBR UBR  
============================================================================  
A1  
136393  
823  
0
0
823  
0
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-23  
 
Console Commands  
Client  
Use Client to determine all or local LANE (LAN emulation) and IP/ATM (IP over ATM) clients on the switch.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
delete, restart, show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Number of the local client.  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[ClientNumber]  
0-127  
ALL  
In the Output Parameter table below, (</d>)appears next to parameters that are available only through the show  
client /d(detailed) command.  
Output Parameter  
[Type]  
Description  
Type of client.  
[IP Address]  
IP address of client.  
[Server Type]  
Specifies what server type the client is on.  
Type of connection the client has with the server.  
Current status of the client.  
[Server Conn]  
[Status]  
[Client State] (</d>)  
[Client Address] (</d>)  
[LAN Name] (</d>)  
Status of where the client is in the process of making a connection.  
ATM address of the client.  
ELAN name for this client.  
[LECS Addr Source]  
ILMI, well-known address, or LECS address.  
(</d>)  
2-24 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Output Parameter  
[LECS Address] (</d>)  
[LES Address] (</d>)  
[LAN Type] (</d>)  
[MTU] (</d>)  
Description  
ATM address of the LECS.  
ATM address of the LANE server.  
Type of ELAN.  
Maximum transfer unit assigned for this client.  
IP netmask assigned to the client.  
[IP NetMask] (</d>)  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
delete  
client  
[ClientNumber] <clientnumber>  
Removes a client from the switch.  
Administrator  
restart  
client  
[ClientNumber] <clientnumber>  
Restarts a client from the switch. If a client fails to  
successfully join a VLAN, you can restart the client to retry.  
The switch software, on a periodic basis, automatically tries  
to restart clients that have not successfully joined. Enter show  
clientto confirm that the client(s) have restarted.  
Administrator  
show  
client (/d)  
[ClientNumber] <clientnumber>  
Displays the details of a client on the switch. You can obtain  
more details of all the clients on the switch by adding /dto  
the end of the command. For example, show client /d.  
All  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-25  
 
Console Commands  
Examples  
switch_prompt # delete client 4  
IP/ATM Client4 Address: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:14:15:00:00:00:7A:01:01:5B:00  
Confirm(y/n)?:y  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show client  
ClientNumber(ALL)  
:
Client Type  
IP Address  
Server Type Server Conn Status  
============================================================================  
1 LANE  
3 IP/ATM 90.1.1.124  
switch_prompt #  
90.1.1.186  
LECS  
Local  
Established Operational  
Established Operational  
switch_prompt # restart client  
ClientNumber(ALL)  
switch_prompt #  
:
switch_prompt # show client  
ClientNumber(ALL)  
:
Client Type  
IP Address  
Server Type Server Conn Status  
============================================================================  
1 LANE  
3 IP/ATM 90.1.1.124  
switch_prompt #  
90.1.1.186  
LECS  
Local  
Shutdown  
Shutdown  
Initial  
Initial  
switch_prompt # show client /s  
ClientNumber(ALL) :  
Client Type  
IP Address  
Server Type Server Conn Status  
============================================================================  
1 LANE  
3 IP/ATM 90.1.1.124  
switch_prompt #  
90.1.1.186  
LECS  
Local  
Established Operational  
Established Operational  
2-26 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
With the following example (</d>), notice how you get the same amount of detail whether you specify the client or  
accept the default “ALL”:  
switch_prompt # show client /d  
ClientNumber(ALL) :  
LANE Client 1  
============================================================================  
Client State  
Client Address : 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:14:15:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:00  
LAN Name : elan1  
LECS Addr Source: ILMI  
: Operational  
LECS Address  
LES Address  
LAN Type  
: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:14:15:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:01  
: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:14:15:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:02  
: 802.3  
MTU  
: 1516  
IP Address  
IP NetMask  
: 90.1.1.186  
: 255.255.255.0  
IP/ATM Client 3  
============================================================================  
Client State : Operational  
Client Address : 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:14:15:00:00:00:5A:01:01:7C:00  
Server : is local  
Server Connection: Established  
MTU  
: 9180  
IP Address  
IP NetMask  
switch_prompt #  
: 90.1.1.124  
: 255.0.0.0  
switch_prompt # show client 3 /d  
IP/ATM Client 3  
============================================================================  
Client State  
Client Address : 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:14:15:00:00:00:5A:01:01:7C:00  
Server : is local  
Server Connection: Established  
: Operational  
MTU  
: 9180  
IP Address  
IP NetMask  
switch_prompt #  
: 90.1.1.124  
: 255.0.0.0  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-27  
 
Console Commands  
ClientARP  
Use ClientARP (client address resolution protocol) to view the mapping of the MAC (media access control) or IP  
addresses to an ATM address for LANE (LAN emulation) or IP/ATM (IP over ATM) clients.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operator  
show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[ClientNumber]  
Number of the client.  
0-127  
ALL  
Output Parameter  
[MAC Address]  
[IP Address]  
Description  
MAC (media access control) address of the LANE client.  
IP address of IP/ATM destination client.  
[ATM Address]  
ATM address of either LANE or IP/ATM destination client.  
2-28 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
show  
clientarp  
[ClientNumber] <clientnumber>  
Displays details about LANE or IP/ATM client ARP entries.  
All  
Example  
switch_prompt # show clientarp  
ClientNumber(ALL) :  
LANE Client 0 ARP Table  
MAC Address  
ATM Address  
=============================================================================  
00:20:D4:14:15:00 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:02  
IP/ATM Client 3 ARP Table  
IP Address  
ATM Address  
=========================================================================================  
10.1.1.1  
39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:00:20:D4:14:2F:00:00:0A:01:01:02:00  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-29  
 
Console Commands  
ClientStat  
Use ClientStat (client statistics) to view LANE (LAN emulation) or IP/ATM (IP over ATM) client statistics.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operator  
show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[ClientNumber]  
Number of the client.  
0-127  
ALL  
In the Output Parameter table below, (</d>)appears next to parameters that are available only through the show  
clientstat /d (detailed) command. The (IP/ATM) and (LANE) client indicators after particular parameters indicate  
that these parameters will display only if that particular client type is active.  
Output Parameter  
[Client Type]  
Description  
Type of client.  
[RxPkts]  
Number of packets received.  
Number of packets transmitted.  
Number of octets (bytes) received.  
Number of octets (bytes) transmitted.  
Number of bytes received.  
[TxPkts]  
[RxOctets]  
[TxOctets]  
[Bytes Received] (</d>)  
[Unicast Packets] (</d>)  
[Multicast Packets] (</d>)  
Number of unicast packets received or transmitted.  
Interface maximum transfer unit to assign to the local interface associated  
with this client.  
2-30 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Output Parameter  
Description  
[Broadcast Packets] (</d>)  
[Error Packets] (</d>)  
Number of broadcast packets received or transmitted.  
Number of error packets received or transmitted.  
Number of received or transmitted packets dropped.  
Number of bytes transmitted.  
[Dropped Packets] (</d>)  
[Bytes Transmitted] (</d>)  
[ARP Requests Sent] (</d>)  
[ARP Replies Rcvd] (</d>)  
[ARP Requests Rcvd] (</d>)  
[ARP Replies Sent] (</d>)  
[Ctrl Frames Sent] (LANE) (</d>)  
[Ctrl Frames Rcvd] (LANE) (</d>)  
[SVC Failures] (LANE) (</d>)  
ARP requests from a server sent to the client.  
ARP replies from a client received by the server.  
ARP requests from a client received by the server.  
ARP replies from a server sent to the client.  
Number of control frames sent.  
Number of control frames received.  
Number of clients who failed to join the SVC (switched virtual circuit).  
ARP unreachable clients.  
[ARP Unreachables] (IP/ATM)  
(</d>)  
[ARP NAKs] (IP/ATM) (</d>)  
Number of inverse ARP NAKs (negative acknowledges) received.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-31  
 
Console Commands  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
show  
clientstat  
(/d)  
[ClientNumber] <clientnumber>  
Displays the packet count statistics for a local LANE or  
IP/ATM interface client on the switch. Some output  
parameters are different for LANE and IP/ATM clients. In the  
parameter table above, it is stated in parentheses ((LANE) or  
(IP/ATM)) after that parameter if it applies only to that type  
of client.  
All  
Examples  
The examples show statistics for all clients, detail (</d>)for all clients, an IP/ATM client, and a LANE client.  
2-32 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
switch_prompt # show clientstat  
ClientNumber(ALL):  
Client Type  
RxPkts  
TxPkts  
RxOctets  
TxOctets  
============================================================================  
1 LANE  
3 IP/ATM  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show clientstat /d  
ClientNumber(ALL):  
Stats for LANE client 1  
============================================================================  
Rx Stats  
Bytes Received  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
Unicast Packets  
Multicast Packets  
Broadcast Packets  
Error Packets  
Dropped Packets  
Tx Stats  
Bytes Transmitted  
Unicast Packets  
Multicast Packets  
Broadcast Packets  
Error Packets  
Dropped Packets  
LAN Emulation Statistics  
ARP Requests Sent  
ARP Replies Rcvd  
ARP Requests Rcvd  
ARP Replies Sent  
Ctrl Frames Sent  
Ctrl Frames Rcvd  
SVC Failures  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 3  
: 3  
: 0  
: 0  
: 9  
: 9  
: 0  
Stats for IP/ATM client 3  
============================================================================  
Rx Stats  
Bytes Received  
Unicast Packets  
Multicast Packets  
Broadcast Packets  
Error Packets  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
Dropped Packets  
Tx Stats  
Bytes Transmitted  
Unicast Packets  
Multicast Packets  
Broadcast Packets  
Error Packets  
Dropped Packets  
IP/ATM Statistics  
ARP Requests Sent  
ARP Replies Rcvd  
ARP Requests Rcvd  
ARP Replies Sent  
ARP Unreachables  
ARP NAKs  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-33  
 
Console Commands  
switch_prompt # show clientstat 3  
Stats for IP/ATM client 3  
============================================================================  
Rx Stats  
Bytes Received  
Unicast Packets  
Multicast Packets  
Broadcast Packets  
Error Packets  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
Dropped Packets  
Tx Stats  
Bytes Transmitted  
Unicast Packets  
Multicast Packets  
Broadcast Packets  
Error Packets  
Dropped Packets  
IP/ATM Statistics  
ARP Requests Sent  
ARP Replies Rcvd  
ARP Requests Rcvd  
ARP Replies Sent  
ARP Unreachables  
ARP NAKs  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show clientstat 1  
Stats for LANE client 1  
============================================================================  
Rx Stats  
Bytes Received  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
Unicast Packets  
Multicast Packets  
Broadcast Packets  
Error Packets  
Dropped Packets  
Tx Stats  
Bytes Transmitted  
Unicast Packets  
Multicast Packets  
Broadcast Packets  
Error Packets  
Dropped Packets  
LAN Emulation Statistics  
ARP Requests Sent  
ARP Replies Rcvd  
ARP Requests Rcvd  
ARP Replies Sent  
Ctrl Frames Sent  
Ctrl Frames Rcvd  
SVC Failures  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 3  
: 3  
: 0  
: 0  
: 9  
: 9  
: 0  
switch_prompt #  
2-34 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
ClientVC  
Use ClientVC (client virtual circuit) to view which VCs are associated with a particular local LANE or IP over ATM  
client's ARP (address resolution protocol) entries. ClientVC is similar to ClientARP, except that it also includes details  
of VPI/VCI numbers.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operator  
show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
[ClientNumber]  
Description  
Number of the client.  
Value/Field Size  
0-127  
Default  
ALL  
Output Parameter  
[MAC Address]  
[VPI/VCI]  
Description  
MAC address of the client.  
VPI/VCI (virtual path/channel identifier) values of control direct VCC (virtual channel  
connection) or multicast send VCC.  
[ATM Address]  
ATM address of the client.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-35  
 
Console Commands  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
show  
clientvc  
[ClientNumber] <clientnumber>  
Displays VC details for local IP/ATM or LANE clients in  
addition to client ARP mapping details. For IP/ATM, the  
associated IP address appears, while for LANE, the  
associated MAC address appears. The associated address is  
what is located at the other end of the VC.  
All  
Example  
switch_prompt # show clientvc  
ClientNumber(ALL) :  
LANE Client 0 VC Table  
MAC Address  
VPI/VCI  
ATM Address  
===========================================================================  
00:02:D4:14:22:80 0/2453  
39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:00:20:D4:14:22:80:00  
IP/ATM Client 50 VC Table  
IP Address  
VPI/VCI  
ATM Address  
============================================================================  
10.1.1.2  
0/130  
39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:22:80:00:00:0A:01:01:02:00  
switch_prompt #  
2-36 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Community  
Use Community to group NMS (network management system) hosts by privilege level. Hosts are collectively called  
communities, and their privilege level determines the type of information access permitted by the switch. The switch  
provides access to the information only if the request comes from a community configured with the necessary  
privileges.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
add, delete, show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[Name]  
SNMP community name. Needs to be  
defined on the switch to access SNMP.  
64 characters  
ILMI, public,  
and zeitnet  
[IPAddr]  
IP address of the host or hosts that can use dot decimal/  
0.0.0.0  
this community name. Entering 0.0.0.0  
allows access by any host.  
7-15 characters  
[Privilege]  
Privileges associated with this community. read, write, read-write/  
n/a  
ILMI--write  
public--read  
zeitnet--write  
Output Parameter  
Description  
[Community Name]  
Same as [Name] Input Parameter.  
Do not modify the ILMI community. The ILMI protocol will not work correctly  
if modified.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-37  
 
Console Commands  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
add  
community  
[Name] <communityname>  
[IPAddr] <ipaddress>  
[Privilege] <privilege>  
Creates a community on the switch.  
Administrator  
delete  
community  
[Name] <communityname>  
[IPAddr] <ipaddress>  
Removes an existing community from the switch.  
Administrator  
All  
show  
community  
Displays all the communities that are configured on the  
switch.  
Examples  
switch_prompt # add community  
Name()  
: boris  
IpAddr()  
: 90.1.1.1  
Priviledge(read)  
switch_prompt #  
:
switch_prompt # show community  
Community Name  
IP Address  
Privilege  
===========================================================================  
ILMI  
boris  
public  
zeitnet  
switch_prompt #  
0.0.0.0  
90.1.1.1  
0.0.0.0  
0.0.0.0  
READ  
READ  
READ  
WRITE  
switch_prompt # delete community  
Name()  
IpAddr()  
: boris  
: 90.1.1.1  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show community  
Community Name  
IP Address  
Privilege  
===========================================================================  
ILMI  
public  
zeitnet  
0.0.0.0  
0.0.0.0  
0.0.0.0  
READ  
READ  
WRITE  
switch_prompt #  
2-38 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Config  
Use Config to erase the configuration information on the SmartCell ZX-250. Before using the clear config  
command, you should backup the switch configuration using the backup switchcommand. See page 182.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operator  
clear  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
none  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
Output Parameter  
Description  
none  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-39  
 
Console Commands  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
clear  
config  
Administrator  
Erases all switch configuration information, including  
Ethernet interface address, VLAN and ELAN configurations,  
signaling configuration, port configurations, and so on.  
Example  
switch_prompt # clear config  
You should backup your configuration using the "backup switch" command, in case  
you want to recover this configuration  
Continuing will permanently erase the current switch configuration,  
and requires a switch reboot.  
Are you sure this is what you want to do?  
Confirm(y/n)?:y  
Configuration cleared.  
Rebooting is required to ensure correct operation,  
Do you want to reboot now?  
Confirm(y/n)?:y  
2-40 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
ELAN  
Use ELAN (emulated local area network) to create or delete ELANs on the switch. This is a quick configuration  
method of managing ELAN server entries within one command. For details of how to create or delete these entries  
individually, see “BUSELAN”, “LECSELAN”, and “LESELAN”.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
Operators  
add, delete, show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[ELANNumber]  
Number of ELAN to which the BUS (broadcast 0-127  
and unknown server), LECS (LAN emulation  
configuration server) or LES (LANE server)  
belong.  
0
[ELANName]  
Name of ELAN to which the LES or BUS  
belongs.  
Up to 32 characters  
ELAN000  
[ConnectMethod]  
[ELANType]  
Type of connection used.  
PVC, SVC  
SVC  
Data-link type used by the ELAN.  
802.3 (Ethernet)  
802.3  
802.5 (TokenRing)  
[Multipoint]  
Indicates whether control distribute VCC is  
PMP (point-to-multipoint) or PTP  
(point-to-point).  
YES: VCC is PMP NO: YES  
VCC is PTP  
[MTU]  
Maximum transfer unit for the clients joining  
this ELAN.  
1516 or 9234 (Ethernet), 1516  
4544 (Token Ring)  
[Distribute]  
LES establishes control distribute VCC to all  
the clients if distribute is ALL. If distribute is  
PROXY, LES establishes control distribute  
VCC only to proxy clients.  
ALL, PROXY  
PROXY  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-41  
 
Console Commands  
Output Parameter  
[LES Address]  
Description  
ATM address of the LANE server.  
[Distribute VPI/VCI]  
[Distribute Method]  
VPI/VCI values of the control direct VCC or multicast send VCC.  
Indicates whether the control distribute VCC is established for ALL clients or only  
PROXY clients.  
[LAN Type]  
Type of ELAN.  
[BUSATMAddress]  
ATM address of the BUS (specify when the LES and BUS are not co-located).  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
add elan  
[ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
[ELANName] <elanname>  
[ConnectMethod] <connectmethod>  
[ELANType] <elantype>  
Quickly configures the switch. This command adds the  
ELAN entry in all three databases (BUSELAN,  
LESELAN, and LECSELAN) and activates the ELAN.  
[Multipoint] <distributevcctype>  
[MTU] <maximumframesize>  
[Distribute]  
<controldistributevccoption>  
Administrator  
delete elan [ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
Quickly configures the switch. This removes a specific  
ELAN. This command first checks that all servers  
(LECS, LES, and BUS) exist before deleting any of  
them.  
Administrator  
show elan  
[ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
Displays an ELAN created by either the quick add elan  
or the multiple set of commands to add an ELAN. There  
might not be LECS information (as seen in the first  
example) if the ELAN was created by add buselan, and  
add leselanand add lecselan had not been completed.  
The LECS information is displayed if you use add elan  
or if not, after you enter add lecselan(as seen in the  
following B example below).  
All  
2-42 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Examples  
switch_prompt # add elan  
ELANNumber(0)  
: 11  
ELANName(ELAN011)  
ConnectMethod(SVC)  
ELANType(802.3)  
Multipoint(YES)  
MTU(1516)  
:
:
:
:
:
:
Distribute(PROXY)  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # delete elan  
ELANNumber(0): 11  
Confirm(y/n)?: y  
switch_prompt #  
A
switch_prompt # show elan 0  
There is no LECS Record. Retrieving LES Information  
ELAN Number  
ELAN Name  
: 0  
: ELAN000  
LES Address  
Max Frame Size  
: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:22:80:00:20:D4:14:22:80:02  
: 1516  
Connection Method : SVC  
Distribute VPI/VCI: 0/32  
Distribute Method: PROXY  
LAN Type  
Multipoint  
: 802.3  
: YES  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-43  
 
Console Commands  
B
switch_prompt # add leselan 4  
ELANName(ELAN004)  
ConnectMethod(SVC)  
ELANType(802.3)  
Multipoint(YES)  
MTU(1516)  
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
Distribute(PROXY)  
BUSATMAddress()  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # add buselan 4  
ELANName(ELAN004)  
ConnectMethod(SVC)  
ELANType(802.3)  
Multipoint(YES)  
MTU(1516)  
:
:
:
:
:
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # add lecselan 4  
ELANName(ELAN004)  
:
LESAddress(39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:22:80:00:20:D4:14:22:84:02):  
ELANType(802.3)  
MTU(1516)  
:
:
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show elan 4  
ELAN 4  
===========================================================================  
ELAN Number  
LECS Address  
LES Address  
ELAN Name  
ELAN Type  
MTU  
: 4  
: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:22:80:00:20:D4:14:22:80:01  
: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:22:80:00:20:D4:14:22:84:02  
: ELAN004  
: 802.3  
: 1516  
Connection Method: SVC  
Distribute VPI/VCI: 0/147  
Distribute Method: PROXY  
Multipoint  
: YES  
switch_prompt #  
2-44 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Exit  
Use Exit to disconnect your console connection from the switch.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operator  
exit  
Parameters  
There are no parameters for this command. Just type exitat the switch prompt.  
Description  
Operator  
Permission  
Description  
exit  
[exit] <exit>  
This command closes your console connection. Enter this  
command when you are finished with a console session. If  
you do not exit your session, the switch remains unavailable  
to anyone else.  
All  
Example  
switch_prompt # exit  
Exiting SmartCell 2X Command Console  
SmartCell 2X version 1.2(c) Cabletron Systems, Inc.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-45  
 
Console Commands  
Firmware  
Use Firmware to re-program the switch application software when you want to perform a switch upgrade.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operator  
update  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[ServerIP]  
IP address of server with the updated image  
files.  
dot decimal/  
7-15 characters  
Last IP address  
[Path]  
Full pathname from server (directory) to image n/a  
files.  
last path used  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
update  
firmware  
[Server IP] <serverip>  
[Path] <path>  
Updates the switch software (for example, when upgrading  
your switch). You must know the full pathname of these  
updated image files. The switch uses the TFTP protocol, so it  
needs to be implemented on your server to complete this  
command. You must then reboot your switch (see “Reboot”)  
for the new firmware to take effect. Reboot will not affect  
your previous network configuration.  
Administrator  
2-46 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Example  
SmartCell ZX # update firmware  
ServerIP()  
:204.95.77.240  
Path()  
:server/server.ima  
You are updating the code image in the flash.  
Are you sure this is what you want to do?  
Confirm(y/n)?:y  
Verifying bootfile server/server.ima on 204.95.77.240...passed.  
Erasing Flash.  
Using TFTP to get and program bootfile server/server.ima from 204.95.77.240.  
2787K (2854508 bytes) received.  
Flash update succeeded.  
You will have to reboot for the new image to take effect.  
SmartCell ZX #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-47  
 
Console Commands  
History  
Use History to view the last five commands you entered. Enter History if you want to use one of those commands  
again.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operator  
history  
Parameters  
This command has no parameters. Just type history at the switch prompt.  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
history  
[history] <history>  
This command displays the five most recently entered  
commands. It also displays an index number you can select to  
invoke the listed command. To repeat any of the commands  
listed by history, type !<indexnumber>. For example, to  
repeat passwdin the following example, type !4.  
All  
Example  
switch_prompt # history  
5-  
4-  
3-  
2-  
1-  
modify prompt  
passwd  
show privilege  
enable  
history  
switch_prompt # !4  
switch_prompt # passwd  
2-48 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
IISPRoute  
Use IISPRoute (interim inter-switch signaling protocol) to manipulate the IISP routes configured on the switch (see  
“UNIRoute” for further routing commands).  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
add, delete, show, flush  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[ATMAddress]  
ATM address assigned to the port, client, or server. 13-20 byte hex-based/ NONE  
Up to 59 characters  
[PortNumber]  
[Metric]  
Port number on the switch.  
A1...A4, B1...B3,  
C1...C4, D1...D4  
A1  
1
Metric value. Used when the next hop is  
accessible through various parallel links. If there  
are two IISP routes to a destination, every time a  
call setup arrives, it is routed using one of the  
parallel IISP routes, alternatively. You can specify  
the number of times each route is used in a row by  
the metric variable.  
1-5  
[EntryIndex]  
Index into the IISP route table for the IISP ATM 2 characters  
address entry.  
0
Output Parameter  
Description  
[Length]  
Address length in number of bits. IISP allows you to enter any number of bits. Only  
multiples of a byte (an even number of bits) can be entered and the calculated address  
length is displayed.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-49  
 
Console Commands  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
add  
iisproute  
[ATMAddress] <iispatmaddress>  
[PortNumber] <portnumber>  
[Metric] <metric>  
Creates an IISP routing entry to the switch. These entries  
usually use a 13-byte netprefix ATM address. Routing  
between switches is decided at each segment of the path by  
determining a best match of the destination address in the call  
setup with address entries in the IISP routing table. When a  
signaling request arrives across an IISP or UNI link, the  
switch checks the destination ATM address against the entries  
in the IISP address prefix table and selects the port with the  
longest prefix match. The IISP table is configured with a set  
of address prefixes that are accessible-each IISP port on the  
switch.  
Administrator  
delete  
iisproute  
[EntryIndex] <entryindex>  
Administrator  
Removes an IISP route. Enter show iisproute before entering  
this command to display information you will need as input.  
show  
iisproute  
Administrator  
All  
Displays the configured IISP routes with their UNI ATM  
addresses on the switch.  
flush  
iisproute  
Flushes the IISP route addresses from the switch.  
You can create a default IISP route if you enter only the port number and a  
weighting value [Metric] for the route (see Examples below). You can set multiple  
local configurations to choose one of the parallel links for next-hop routing. A  
weight of “1” assigned to all parallel routes mandates alternative routing in a  
round-robin fashion. In other words, given parallel routes, based on best address  
matching, use the weighting to decide which route to use. If, however, there is no  
best address match, then use the default route. If you define more than one default  
route, you can weight them differently, so there is a calculated decision, instead of  
round-robin.  
2-50 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Examples  
switch_prompt # add iisproute  
AtmAddress() : 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:11:22:33  
PortNumber(A1):  
Metric(1)  
:
switch_prompt # add iisproute  
AtmAddress() : 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:11:22:44  
PortNumber(A1):  
Metric(1)  
: 2  
switch_prompt # add iisproute  
AtmAddress() : 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:11:22:55  
PortNumber(A1):  
Metric(1)  
: 3  
switch_prompt # add iisproute  
AtmAddress() : 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:11:22:66  
PortNumber(A1): a2  
Metric(1)  
: 2  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show iisproute  
EntryNum PortNum  
Metric Length ATM Address  
============================================================================  
0
1
2
3
A1  
A1  
A1  
A2  
1
2
3
2
104  
104  
104  
104  
39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:11:22:33  
39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:11:22:44  
39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:11:22:55  
39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:11:22:66  
switch_prompt # delete iisproute  
EntryIndex(0)  
: 0  
PortNum  
Metric  
Length  
: A1  
: 1  
: 104  
ATM Address : 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:11:22:33  
Confirm(y/n)?:y  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show iisproute  
EntryNum PortNum  
Metric Length ATM Address  
============================================================================  
1
2
3
A1  
A1  
A2  
2
3
2
104  
104  
104  
39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:11:22:44  
39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:11:22:55  
39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:11:22:66  
switch_prompt # flush iisproute  
Confirm(y/n)?:y  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show iisproute  
EntryNum PortNum  
Metric Length ATM Address  
============================================================================  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-51  
 
Console Commands  
ILMIAdminStatus  
Use ILMIAdminStatus (integrated local management interface administration status) to control the operation of the  
ILMI protocol on every port on the switch.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
modify, show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[PortNumber]  
Port number on the switch.  
ALL, A1...A4,  
B1...B3, C1...C4,  
D1...D4  
ALL  
[ILMIAdminStatus]  
Enables or disables ILMI administration status for enable, disable  
a specific port.  
enable  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
modify  
ilmiadminstatus  
[PortNumber] <portnumber>  
[ILMIAdminStatus]  
<enable/disable>  
Enables or disables ILMI on a specific port or all ports.  
Disable ILMI on the port if the device to which it is  
connected does not support ILMI or does not support a  
function (such as signaling).  
Administrator  
show  
ilmiadminstatus  
[PortNumber] <portnumber>  
Displays the status of ILMI as enabled or disabled on a  
per-port basis. This tells you if ILMI is running or not.  
All  
2-52 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Examples  
switch_prompt # modify ilmiadminstatus  
PortNum :( ALL ): a1  
IlmiAdminStatus :( enable ): disable  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show ilmiadminstatus  
PortNum :( ALL ):  
Port#  
ILMI Admin Status  
===========================================================================  
A1  
A2  
A3  
A4  
B1  
B2  
B3  
disable  
enable  
enable  
enable  
enable  
enable  
enable  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-53  
 
Console Commands  
IPAddress  
Use IPAddress to change IP addresses of the Ethernet port and IP netmask on the switch.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operator  
modify  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[IPAddress]  
IP address of the Ethernet port.  
dot decimal/  
NONE  
7-15 characters  
[IPNetMask]  
IP netmask of the Ethernet port. Defaults to dot decimal/  
the appropriate netmask, based on the class of 7-15 characters  
the IP address. Calculated from the first two  
high bits of the IP address, so it is either  
255.0.0.0, 255.255.0.0, or 255.255.255.0.  
Must be specified only if IP subnets are being  
used.  
255.0.0.0,  
255.255.0.0 or  
255.255.255.0.  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
modify  
ipaddress  
[IPAddress] <ipaddress>  
[IPNetMask] <ipnetmask>  
Sets the IP address of the Ethernet port and the IP netmask.  
You should accept the IP netmask default unless you are  
experienced with configuring IP subnets.  
Administrator  
2-54 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Example  
switch_prompt # modify ipaddress  
IPAddress(200.30.72.122) : 1.1.1.11  
IPNetMask(255.255.255.0) :  
Confirm(y/n)?: y  
Changing IP Address on System. Telnet Session (if any) will be lost.  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-55  
 
Console Commands  
IPATMARP  
Use IPATMARP (IP over ATM address resolution protocol) to see IP/ATM ARP server tables. Unlike LANE client or  
IP/ATM (IP over ATM) client ARP tables (see show clientarp), these ARP entries are registered with the IP/ATM  
ARP server.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
Operator  
show  
Parameter  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[ClientNumber]  
Number of the client.  
0-127  
ALL  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Descriptions  
show  
ipatmarp  
[ClientNumber] <clientnumber>  
This command displays the ARP entries associated with  
active IP/ATM clients which are IP/ATM servers.  
All  
Example  
switch_prompt # show ipatmarp  
ClientNumber(ALL):  
IP/ATM Server 1 ARP Table  
IP Address  
ATM Address  
============================================================================  
11.1.1.3  
39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:22:80:00:00:0B:01:01:03:00  
switch_prompt #  
2-56 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
IPATMClient  
Use IPATMClient (IP over (/) ATM client) to manipulate either local IP/ATM clients or IP/ATM clients acting as an  
IP/ATM server, or if you want to configure an IP/ATM client on the IP/ATM server itself.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
add, modify, (show client)  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-57  
 
Console Commands  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
[ClientNumber]  
[ServerType]  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
ALL  
Number of the client.  
IP/ATM server type.  
0-127  
LOCAL,  
NONE  
EXTERNAL, NONE  
[ServerAddress]  
ATM address of the IP/ATM server. If  
[ServerType]states NONE or LOCAL, then  
accept the default. LOCAL means the client  
also acts as an IP/ATM server for that VLAN  
(virtual LAN). If [ServerType]states  
EXTERNAL, enter the ATM address of the  
external server.  
13-20 byte hex-based/ NONE  
Up to 59 characters  
[IPAddress]  
[NetMask]  
IP address of the client.  
dot decimal/  
7-15 characters  
NONE  
IP netmask of the client. This parameter defaults dot decimal/  
to the appropriate netmask, based on the class of 7-15 characters  
IP address. Must be specified only if IP subnets  
are being used. Calculated from the first two  
high bits of the IP address, so it is either  
255.0.0.0,  
255.255.0.0 or  
255.255.255.0  
255.0.0.0, 255.255.0.0, or 255.255.255.0. With  
less address left, you have fewer bits to use to  
define subnets.  
[MTU]  
Maximum transfer unit assigned for this client. 64 to 10160  
9180  
2-58 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
add  
[ClientNumber] <clientnumber>  
Creates a new IP/ATM client to the switch. If the circuits in  
this VLAN (virtual LAN) are SVCs, (switched virtual  
circuits) and you want to use this client as the ARP server,  
enter localfor the server type. If you do not want to use this  
client as the ARP server, enter externalas the server type,  
and use the address of any configured ARP server as the  
server address. If adding an IP/ATM client in a PVC-only  
environment, enter nonefor the server type.  
ipatmclient [ServerType] <servertype>  
[ServerAddress]  
<serveraddress>  
[IPAddress] <ipaddress>  
[NetMask] <netmask>  
[MTU] <maxtransferunit>  
Administrator  
modify  
[ClientNumber] <clientnumber>  
Modifies an existing local IP/ATM client on the switch.  
ipatmclient [ServerType] <servertype>  
[ServerAddress]  
<serveraddress>  
[IPAddress] <ipaddress>  
[NetMask] <netmask>  
[MTU] <maxtransferunit>  
Administrator  
show client [ClientNumber] <clientnumber>  
Displays all or specified clients on the switch. Enter show  
clientto establish the activity of all the different client types  
on the switch. See “Client” for details.  
All  
Examples  
switch_prompt # add ipatmclient  
ClientNumber(0)  
: 50  
ServerType(NONE) : local  
ServerAddr()  
IpAddr()  
:
: 101.1.1.50  
NetMask(255.0.0.0):  
MTU(9180)  
:
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # add ipatmclient  
ClientNumber(0) : 1  
ServerType(NONE): external  
ServerAddress() :39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:2F:00:00:00:0A:01:01:02:00  
IPAddress() : 10.1.1.1  
NetMask(255.0.0.0):  
MTU(9180)  
:
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # add ipatmclient  
ClientNumber(0) : 60  
ServerType(NONE) :  
ServerAddr()  
IpAddr()  
:
: 101.1.1.60  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-59  
 
Console Commands  
NetMask(255.0.0.0):  
MTU(9180)  
:
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # modify ipatmclient  
ClientNumber(0) : 50  
ServerType(LOCAL) :  
ServerAddr()  
:
IpAddr(101.1.1.50): 101.1.1.150  
NetMask(255.0.0.0):  
MTU(9180)  
:
switch_prompt # show client  
switch_prompt #  
2-60 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
IPATMPVC  
Use IPATMPVC (IP over ATM permanent virtual circuit) to manipulate IP/ATM PVC clients on a PVC IP/ATM  
VLAN (virtual LAN).  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
add, delete, show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
[ClientNumber]  
[DestinationIP]  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
ALL  
Number of the client.  
0-127  
Destination IP address of external IP/ATM client. dot decimal/  
7-15 characters  
NONE  
[DestinationVPI]  
[DestinationVCI]  
VPI on port B4 to reach a particular IP/ATM  
client.  
0-maximum  
0-maximum  
0
VCI on port B4 to reach a particular IP/ATM  
client.  
33  
Output Parameter  
[IPAddress]  
Description  
IP address of the client.  
[VPI/VCI]  
VPI/VCI values of control direct VCC or multicast send VCC.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-61  
 
Console Commands  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
add  
ipatmpvc  
[ClientNumber] <clientnumber>  
[DestinationIP]  
<destinationIP>  
[DestinationVPI]<destinationVP  
Creates an IP/ATM PVC. To achieve this, you must first enter  
add pvc(see “PVC” for more details), and then add  
ipatmclientfor a new client (see “IPATMClient” for more  
details). You can then enter add ipatmpvc.  
I>  
[DestinationVCI]<destinationVC  
I>  
Administrator  
delete  
ipatmpvc  
[ClientNumber] <clientnumber>  
[DestinationIP]  
<destinationIP>  
Removes the specified IP/ATM PVC.  
Displays the details of an IP/ATM PVC.  
Administrator  
show  
ipatmpvc  
[ClientNumber] <clientnumber>  
Administrator  
Examples  
switch_prompt #add pvc  
ConnType(PTP)  
LowPort(A1)  
LowVPI(0)  
:
:
:
LowVCI(33)  
HighPort(A1)  
HighVPI(0)  
: 130  
: b4  
:
HighVCI(34)  
Fwd  
: 130  
iptorIndex(1)  
:
BkwTrafficDescriptorIndex(1)  
switch_prompt #  
:
:
switch_prompt #show pvc all  
CrossConnectId(ALL)  
Conn Conn  
Id SubId Type  
Traffic Conn  
Type Port  
Low  
High  
Admin  
Status  
VPI/VCI  
Port  
VPI/VCI  
===========================================================================  
134 138 UBR PTP A1 0/130 B4(CPU) 0/130 UP  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt #add ipatmclient  
ClientNumber(0)  
ServerType(NONE)  
ServerAddress()  
IPAddress()  
:
:
:
: 10.1.1.2  
NetMask(255.0.0.0)  
MTU(9180)  
:
:
switch_prompt #  
2-62 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
switch_prompt #show client 0  
IP/ATM Client 0  
===========================================================================  
Client State  
Client Address  
Server  
: Operational  
: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:22:80:00:00:0A:01:01:02:00  
: is none  
: 9180  
MTU  
IP Address  
IP NetMask  
switch_prompt #  
: 10.1.1.2  
: 255.0.0.0  
switch_prompt #add ipatmpvc  
ClientNumber(0)  
:
DestinationIP()  
: 10.1.1.7  
DestinationVPI(0)  
DestinationVCI(33)  
switch_prompt #  
:
: 130  
switch_prompt #show ipatmpvc 0  
IP/ATM Client 0 PVC Table  
IP Address  
VPI/VCI  
===========================================================================  
10.1.1.7  
0/130  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # delete ipatmpvc  
ClientNumber(0) :  
DestinationIP() : 10.1.1.7  
Confirm(y/n)?: y  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show ipatmpvc  
IP/ATM Client 0 PVC Table  
IP Address  
VPI/VCI  
===========================================================================  
10.1.1.7  
0/130  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-63  
 
Console Commands  
IPATMStat  
Use IPATMStat (IP over ATM statistics) to view details of the IP/ATM (IP over ATM) client server.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
Operator  
show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[ClientNumber]  
Number of the client.  
0-127  
ALL  
Output Parameter  
[ARP Requests Recvd]  
[ARP Replies Sent]  
Description  
ARP requests from a client received by the server.  
ARP replies from the server sent to the client.  
[INARP Requests Sent] Inverse ARP requests from the server sent to the client.  
[INARP Replies Recvd] Inverse ARP replies from a client received by the server.  
[INARP Unreachables] Inverse ARP unreachable clients.  
[INARP NAKs]  
Number of inverse ARP NAKs received.  
2-64 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
show  
ipatmstat  
[ClientNumber] <clientnumber>  
Displays statistics associated with the IP/ATM client server.  
All  
Examples  
switch_prompt # show ipatmstat  
ClientNumber(ALL):  
Client  
ArpReqs  
ArpReps  
ArpUnrch  
ArpNaks  
===========================================================================  
50  
51  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show ipatmstat 50  
Stats for IP/ATM server 50  
===========================================================================  
ARP Requests Recvd :  
ARP Replies Sent  
InARP Requests Sent :  
InARP Replies Recvd :  
InARP Unreachables :  
0
0
0
0
0
0
:
InARP NAKs  
:
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-65  
 
Console Commands  
LANEClient  
Use LANEClient (local area network emulation client) to allow inband management of LANE clients on the switch.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
add, modify, (show client)  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
[ClientNumber]  
[LanName]  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
ALL  
Number of the client.  
0-127  
Name of the ELAN for this client to join. Up to 32 characters  
ELAN000  
LECS  
[ServerType]  
Type of LANE server.  
LECS, LES  
[ServerAddress]  
ATM Address of the LANE server or  
13-20 byte hex-based/ Registered LECS  
LECS. If at a local server, enter the switch Up to 59 characters  
ATM address.  
address  
NONE  
[IPAddress]  
[NetMask]  
IP address of the client.  
dot decimal/  
7-15 characters  
IP netmask of the client. Defaults to the  
dot decimal/  
255.0.0.0,  
appropriate netmask, based on the class of 7-15 characters  
the IP address. Calculated from the first  
two high bits of the IP address, so it is either  
255.0.0.0, 255.255.0.0, or 255.255.255.0.  
Must be specified only if IP subnets are  
being used.  
255.255.0.0, or  
255.255.255.0.  
[MTU]  
Maximum transfer unit for this client.  
1516, 9234, NONE  
1516  
2-66 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
add  
laneclient  
[ClientNumber] <clientnumber>  
[LanName] <lanname>  
[ServerType] <servertype>  
[ServerAddress]  
Creates a new LANE (LAN emulation) client to the switch.  
Add a LANE client if you want to access the switch command  
console using LANE.  
<serveraddress>  
[IPAddress] <ipaddress>  
[NetMask] <netmask>  
[MTU] <maxtransferunit>  
Administrator  
modify  
laneclient  
[ClientNumber] <clientnumber>  
[LanName] <lanname>  
Changes an existing LANE client on the switch.  
[ServerType] <servertype>  
[ServerAddress]  
<serveraddress>  
[IPAddress] <ipaddress>  
[NetMask] <netmask>  
[MTU] <maxtransferunit>  
Administrator  
show client [ClientNumber] <clientnumber>  
Displays all or specified clients on the switch. Enter show  
client to establish the different client types on the switch. See  
“Client” for further details.  
All  
Examples  
switch_prompt # add laneclient  
ClientNumber(0) :100  
LanName(ELAN100):  
ServerType(LECS):  
ServerAddress() :39:00:00:00:00:00:11:11:11:11:11:11:11:00:11:22:22:44:55:01  
IPAddress() :101.1.1.100  
NetMask(255.0.0.0):  
MTU(1516)  
:
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # modify laneclient  
ClientNumber(0) : 100  
LanName(ELAN100): New100  
ServerType(LECS):  
ServerAddress() :39:00:00:00:00:00:11:11:11:11:11:11:11:00:11:22:22:44:55:01  
IPAddress(101.1.1.100):  
NetMask(255.0.0.0):  
MTU(1516)  
:
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-67  
 
Console Commands  
LECS  
Use LECS (local area network emulation configuration server) to manage the operational status of the LECS on the  
network.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
start, stop  
Parameters  
This command has no parameters. Just type start lecsor stop lecsat the switch prompt.  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
start lecs  
Administrator  
Starts an LECS not previously started. If you have stopped an  
LECS, you must restart it before adding ELANs to the LECS  
or clients to the ELAN. You normally keep only one LECS in  
your network, across all VLANs, ELANs, and switches.  
Creating more than one LECS functionally splits the network  
unless the databases are fully replicated.  
stop lecs  
Administrator  
Shuts down the LECS on the local switch.  
The status of the LECS setting is persistent, so if you reboot the switch while you  
have the LECS stopped, the LECS will continue to be stopped, even after  
rebooting.You have to manually start the LECS again.  
2-68 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Examples  
switch_prompt # start lecs  
NOTICE - 'LECS' ***** LECS started *****  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # stop lecs  
NOTICE - 'LECS' ***** LECS exiting *****  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-69  
 
Console Commands  
LECSAddress  
Use LECSAddress (LAN emulation configuration server ATM address) to configure addresses on the switch. This  
address identifies the LECS on the network that will be contacted for information when LAN emulation is used. While  
there can be many switches in a network, there should be only one active LECS, with the LECS address on each switch  
being configured to point to that LECS.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
add, delete, modify, show  
Parameter  
Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[LECSAddress] ATM address given to the LECS.  
13-20 byte hex-based/ Registered LECS address  
Up to 59 characters  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
add  
lecsaddress  
[LECSAddress] <lecsaddr>  
Defines the LECS ATM address to be used by LANE clients.  
If a local LECS is running, this address is automatically set to  
this LECS. If another LECS is to be used, stop the local LECS  
and add the new LECS ATM address. Remember that you can  
have only one LECS in an ATM network.  
Administrator  
delete  
lecsaddress  
Administrator  
Removes the LECS ATM address from the switch.  
modify  
lecsaddress  
[LECSAddress] <lecsaddr>  
Modifies the ATM address of the LECS. Enter modify  
lecsaddress if the LECS is not on the local switch and you  
want to redirect the LECS requests to another switch. To  
make your modification permanent between reboots, be sure  
to stop the LECS before entering this command.  
Administrator  
2-70 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
All  
Description  
show  
lecsaddress  
Displays the currently configured LECS ATM address on the  
network.  
Examples  
switch_prompt # add lecsaddress  
LECSAddress :39:00:00:00:00:00:11:22:33:44:55:66:77:11:22:33:44:55:66:01  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # delete lecsaddress  
Confirm? (y/n): y  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # modify lecsaddress  
LECSAddress (39:00:00:00:00:00:11:22:33:44:55:66:77:11:22:33:44:55:66:01):  
39:00:00:00:00:00:00:11:22:33:44:55:66:00:20:D4:14:15:00:01  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show lecsaddress  
LECS Address  
===========================================================================  
39:00:00:00:00:00:00:11:22:33:44:55:66:00:20:D4:14:15:00:01  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-71  
 
Console Commands  
LECSELAN  
Use LECSELAN (LAN emulation configuration server emulated LAN) to manage the LECS entries on the ELAN.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
Operators  
add, delete, modify, show  
Parameters  
Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
0 - 127  
Default  
0
[ELANNumber] Number of the ELAN to which LECS belongs.  
[ELANName]  
[LESAddress]  
Name of ELAN to which LECS belongs.  
Up to 32 characters  
ELAN000  
NONE  
LES address of the ELAN to which LECS belongs. 13-20 byte hex-based/  
59 characters  
[ELANType]  
[MTU]  
The data-link type used by the ELAN.  
802.3 (Ethernet)  
802.5 (TokenRing)  
802.3  
Maximum transfer unit for the clients joining this  
ELAN.  
1516 or 9234 (Ethernet) 1516 or 4544  
4544 (Token Ring)  
[TLVSet]  
The TLV (type, length, and value) set number (set of 1-32767  
TLV parameters) corresponding to the members  
joining this ELAN.  
n/a  
2-72 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
add  
lecselan  
[ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
[ELANName] <elanname>  
[LESAddress] <lesatmaddress>  
[ELANType] <elantype>  
[MTU] <maxframesize>  
Creates a specified ELAN on the LECS. Enter add lecselan  
to add an ELAN the long way—with the add buselan, add  
leselan,and add lecselancommands. Enter show elan  
before this command to display the LES address to be added  
to the LECS.  
[TLVSet] <tlvsetid>  
Administrator  
delete  
lecselan  
[ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
Removes an existing ELAN from the LECS.  
Administrator  
modify  
lecselan  
[ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
[ELANName] <elanname>  
[LESAddress] <lesatmaddress>  
[ELANType] <elantype>  
[MTU] <maxframesize>  
Modifies the parameters of a specified ELAN on the LECS by  
deleting and then recreating the ELAN. Enter modify  
lecselanif you are moving an ELAN and have a new LES  
and BUS ATM address to assign to the ELAN, or if you want  
to change the ELAN type. The [ElanNumber] parameter is the  
key field for finding the correct ELAN.  
[TLVSet] <tlvsetid>  
Administrator  
show  
lecselan  
[ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
Displays a specified ELAN configuration on the LECS.  
All  
Examples  
switch_prompt # add lecselan  
ELANNumber(0)  
: 4  
ELANName(ELAN004)  
:
LESAddress(39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:14:15:00:00:20:D4:14:15:04:02):  
ELANType(802.3)  
MTU(1516)  
TLVSet()  
:
:
:
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # delete lecselan  
ELANNumber(0)  
: 4  
ELAN 4 Configured on LECS  
============================================================================  
ELAN Number  
ELAN Name  
: 4  
: ELAN004  
LES Address  
ELAN Type  
MTU  
: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:14:15:00:00:20:D4:14:15:04:02  
: 802.3  
: 1516  
Confirm(y/n)?:y  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-73  
 
Console Commands  
switch_prompt # modify lecselan  
ELANNumber(0)  
ELANName(elan1)  
:
:
LESAddress(39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:14:15:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:02):  
39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:14:15:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:04  
ELANType(802.3)  
MTU(1516)  
TLVSet()  
:
:
:
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show lecselan  
ELANNumber(ALL)  
:
All the ELANs Configured on the LECS  
============================================================================  
ELAN Number  
ELAN Name  
LES Address  
ELAN Type  
MTU  
: 0  
: elan1  
: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:14:15:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:04  
: 802.3  
: 1516  
switch_prompt #  
2-74 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
LECSELANLEC  
Use LECSELANLEC (LAN emulation configuration server emulated LAN LANE client) to manage the way LANE  
clients are assigned to a specified ELAN on the LECS.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
Operators  
add, delete, modify, show  
Parameters  
Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[LECAddress]  
ATM address of the LANE client.  
13-20 byte hex-based/  
Up to 59 characters  
n/a  
[MACAddress/  
RouteDesc]  
MAC (media access control) address/Route SegId: 0-4095  
Descriptor of the LANE client. Bridge Num: 0-15  
n/a  
0
[ELANNumber]  
Number of the ELAN to which the LECS 0-127  
belongs.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-75  
 
Console Commands  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
add  
[LECAddress] <clientatmaddress>  
Adds a LANE client to an existing ELAN on the  
LECS. The client must have a unique ATM and  
MAC address for an entry to be accepted. You do  
not have to specify both addresses, but whatever  
you specify has to be unique. These addresses  
must be added before entering this command  
because you cannot modify these address  
parameters once they are set. If modification is  
needed, you must first enter delete lecselanlec,  
and then create another LECSELANLEC by  
entering add lecselanlec.  
lecselanlec [MACAddress/RouteDesc]  
<clientmacaddress/routedescriptor>  
[ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
Administrator  
delete  
[LECAddress/MACAddress/RouteDesc]  
Removes a LANE client entry from an existing  
ELAN on the LECS. The length of the address  
(ATM, MAC, Route Descriptor) that you specify  
determines which LANE client entry is deleted.  
lecselanlec <clientatm/macaddress/routedescriptor>  
Administrator  
modify  
[LECAddress/MACAddress/RouteDesc]  
Changes the ELAN number of the  
lecselanlec <clientatm/macaddress/routedescriptor>  
LECSELANLEC. You cannot modify the LECS  
address, MAC address or Route Descriptor. The  
[LECAddress/MACAddress/RouteDesc] input  
parameter functions only as a pointer to the  
relevant ELAN, so you can change the number of  
the ELAN. That is the only thing you can modify  
with this command. The only way to modify the  
LECSELANLEC is to enter delete lecselanlec  
and then enter add lecselanlec, adding the new  
addresses within that command.  
[ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
Administrator  
show  
lecselanlec  
[ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
Displays the LANE clients configured on an  
existing ELAN on the LECS. You can see the  
ATM and MAC addresses of LANE clients by  
entering this command.  
All  
2-76 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Examples  
switch_prompt # add lecselanlec  
LECAddress: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:14:7B:00:00:20:D4:14:7B:00:01  
MACAddress/RouteDesc: 01:02:03:04:05:06  
ELANNumber(0):1  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # delete lecselanlec  
LECAddress/MACddress/RouteDesc(): 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:05:80:11:22:33:44:55:66:00  
ELANNum  
:10  
Confirm(y/n): y  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show lecselanlec  
ELANNumber(ALL): 1  
Elan# MacAddr/RouteDesc LECAddress  
============================================================================  
1
01:02:03:04:05:06  
39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:14:7B:00:00:20:D4:14:7B:00:01  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # modify lecselanlec  
LECAddress/MACddress/RouteDesc: 01:02:03:04:05:06  
ELANNumber(0): 2  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show lecselanlec  
ELANNumber(ALL): 2  
Elan# MacAddr/RouteDesc LECAddress  
============================================================================  
2
01:02:03:04:05:06  
39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:14:7B:00:00:20:D4:14:7B:00:01  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-77  
 
Console Commands  
LECSStat  
Use LECSStat (LAN emulation configuration server statistics) to see statistical information about incoming  
configuration requests to the LECS.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
Operator  
show  
2-78 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Parameters  
Output Parameter  
Description  
[Successful Configuration  
Requests]  
Number of successful configuration requests.  
[Bad Configuration Requests]  
[Invalid Request Parameters]  
[Insufficient Resources]  
Number of bad configuration requests.  
Number of configuration requests with invalid request parameters.  
Number of configuration requests LECS could not process due to insufficient  
resources.  
[Access Denied]  
Number of configuration requests for which LECS denied access to assign an  
ELAN.  
[Invalid Requester Ids]  
[Invalid Destination]  
[Invalid Address]  
[LEC Configs]  
Number of configuration requests with invalid requester IDs.  
Number of configuration requests with an invalid destination address.  
Number of configuration requests with an invalid MAC/ATM address.  
Number of LANE client configuration requests for which LECS could not  
find configuration.  
[Configuration Errors]  
Number of configuration request errors.  
[Insufficient Information]  
Number of configuration requests with insufficient information.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-79  
 
Console Commands  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
show  
lecstat  
All  
Displays statistical information about configuration requests  
to the LECS.  
Example  
switch_prompt # show lecsstat  
Statistics on LECS  
===========================================================================  
Successful Configuration Requests : 3  
Bad Configuration Requests  
Invalid Request Parameters  
Insufficient Resources  
Access Denied  
Invalid Requester Ids  
Invalid Destination  
Invalid Address  
: 0  
: 1  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
LEC Configs  
Configuration Errors  
Insufficient Information  
switch_prompt #  
2-80 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
LECSTLVParam  
Use LECSTLVParam (LAN emulation configuration server type, length, and value parameters) to remove a specific  
TLV parameter from the TLV set on the LECS.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
Operator  
delete  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[TLVSetNumber]  
Number that identifies TLV parameters set in the  
LECS.  
1-32767  
1
[TLVIndex]  
Number that identifies the specific TLV in the TLV 1-15  
set.  
1
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
delete  
[TLVSetNumber] <tlvsetnumber>  
Removes a TLV parameter from a TLV set on the LECS. Use  
show lecstlvset before entering this command, so you know  
the index number of the TLV parameter you want to delete.  
lecstlvpara [TLVIndex] <tlvindex>  
m
Administrator  
Examples  
The show lecstlvsetexample is used here to show how delete lecstlvparam works. Observe that [2] in show  
lecstlvsetis [Max Unknown Frame Time]. That is why [Max Unknown Frame Time] appears in delete  
lecstlvparamwhen “2” is entered at the [TLVIndex] prompt.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-81  
 
Console Commands  
switch_prompt # show lecstlvset  
TlvsetNumber(ALL)  
:2  
TlvIndex TlvDescription  
Value  
===========================================================================  
TLVSet 2 :  
1
2
6
7
Control Timeout  
Max Unknown Frame Time  
Arp Aging Time  
200  
4
250  
30  
Forward Delay  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # delete lecstlvparam  
TlvsetNumber()  
TlvIndex()  
: 2  
: 2  
TLVIndex TLVDescription  
Value  
============================================================================  
2
Confirm(y/n)?:y  
switch_prompt #  
Max Unknown Frame Count  
4
2-82 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
LECSTLVSet  
Use LECSTLVSet (LAN emulation configuration server type, length, and value set) to manipulate TLV parameters on  
the LECS. A TLV set is a collection of TLV parameters associated with an ELAN (emulated LAN).  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
Operators  
add, delete, modify, show  
Parameters  
Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[TLVSetNumber]  
Number that identifies the set of TLV  
parameters on the LECS.  
1-32767  
1
[ControlTimeout]  
Time-out period used for timing out most seconds/10-300  
request/response control-frame  
interactions.  
n/a  
n/a  
n/a  
n/a  
[MaxUnknownFrameCount]  
[MaxUnknownFrameTime]  
[VCCTimeout]  
Total counter frames a LANE client will  
send to the LECS for a given unicast LAN  
destination.  
1-10  
Total time frames a LANE client will send seconds/1-160  
the LECS for a given unicast LAN  
destination.  
Time-out period for releasing a data direct seconds/0-65535  
VCC on an LEC if it has not been used to  
transmit or receive any data.  
[MaxRetryCount]  
[ArpAgingTime]  
[ForwardDelay]  
Maximum number of times a LEC should 0-2  
try for a given LAN destination.  
n/a  
n/a  
n/a  
Maximum time that a LEC maintains an  
entry in its cache in the absence of updates.  
seconds/10-300  
seconds/4--30  
Maximum time a LEC will maintain an  
entry for a non-local MAC address in its  
cache in the absence of updates.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-83  
 
Console Commands  
Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[ArpResponseTime]  
Maximum time that the LEC expects a  
request/response cycle to take.  
seconds/1-30  
n/a  
[FlushTimeout]  
Time limit on flush response after flush  
request has been sent, before taking  
recovery action.  
seconds/1-4  
seconds/1-8  
n/a  
n/a  
[PathSwitchingDelay]  
Time since sending a frame to the LECS  
after which the LANE client may assume  
that the frame has been either discarded or  
delivered to the recipient.  
[LocalSegId]  
Segment ID of the ELAN.  
seconds/0-4095  
n/a  
n/a  
[MulticastSendVCCType]  
Signaling parameter used by the LEC when 0-2  
establishing multicast send VCC.  
[MulticastSendVCCAvgRate]  
Signaling parameter used by the LEC when cells p/second/  
n/a  
n/a  
n/a  
establishing multicast send VCC.  
0-370370  
[MulticastSendVCCPeakRate] Signaling parameter used by the LEC when cells p/second/  
establishing multicast send VCC. 0-370370  
[ConnectionCompeteTime]  
Time period in which data or a message is seconds/  
expected from a calling party when  
establishing a connection.  
1-10  
2-84 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
add  
lecstlvset  
[TLVSetNumber] <tlvsetnumber>  
[ControlTimeout] <controltimeout>  
[MaxUnknownFrameCount] <maxunknframecount>  
[MaxUnknownFrameTime] <maxunknframetime>  
[VCCTimeout] <vcctimeout>  
Creates a TLV set on the LECS.  
[MaxRetryCount] <maxretrycount>  
[ArpAgingTime] <arpagingtime>  
[ForwardDelay] <forwarddelay>  
[ArpResponseTime] <arpresponsetime>  
[FlushTimeout] <flushtimeout>  
[PathSwitchingDelay] <pathswitchingdelay>  
[LocalSegId] <localsegid>  
[MulticastSendVCCType] <m/castsendvcctype>  
[MulticastSendVCCAvgRate] <m/sendvccavgrate>  
[MulticastSendVCCPeakRate]  
<m/castsendvccpeakrate>  
[ConnectionCompeteTime]  
<connectioncompetetime>  
Administrator  
[TLVSetNumber] <tlvsetnumber>  
delete  
Removes a TLV set from the LECS.  
lecstlvset  
Administrator  
modify  
lecstlvset  
[TLVSetNumber] <tlvsetnumber>  
[ControlTimeout] <controltimeout>  
[MaxUnknownFrameCount]<maxunknframecount>  
[MaxUnknownFrameTime]<maxunknframetime>  
[VCCTimeout] <vcctimeout>  
Changes an existing TLV set on the LECS.  
[MaxRetryCount] <maxretrycount>  
[ArpAgingTime] <arpagingtime>  
[ForwardDelay] <forwarddelay>  
[ArpResponseTime] <arpresponsetime>  
[FlushTimeout] <flushtimeout>  
[PathSwitchingDelay] <pathswitchingdelay>  
[LocalSegId] <localsegid>  
[MulticastSendVCCType] <m/castsendvcctype>  
[MulticastSendVCCAvgRate]  
<m/castsendvccavgrate>  
[MulticastSendVCCPeakRate]  
<m/castsendvccpeakrate>  
[ConnectionCompeteTime]  
<connectioncompetetime>  
Administrator  
show  
lecstlvset  
[TLVSetNumber] <tlvsetnumber>  
Displays either all or a specified TLV set on  
the LECS.  
All  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-85  
 
Console Commands  
Examples  
switch_prompt # add lecstlvset  
TLVSetNumber[1-32767](1)  
ControlTimeout[10-300]()  
MaxUnknownFrameCount[1-10]()  
MaxUnknownFrameTime[1-60]()  
VCCTimeout[0-65535]()  
: 3  
: 200  
: 5  
: 50  
: 50000  
: 1  
MaxRetryCount[0-2]()  
ArpAgingTime[10-300]()  
ForwardDelay[4-30]()  
ArpResponseTime[1-30]()  
FlushTimeout[1-4]()  
: 250  
: 27  
: 27  
: 2  
PathSwitchingDelay[1-8]()  
LocalSegId[0-4095]()  
: 2  
: 2000  
: 1  
:
:
MulticastSendVCCType[0-2]()  
MulticastSendVCCAvgRate[0-370370]()  
MulticastSendVCCPeakRate[0-370370]()  
ConnectionCompeteTime[1-10]()  
switch_prompt #  
: 8  
switch_prompt # delete lecstlvset  
TlvsetNumber(1): 2  
TlvIndex TlvDescription  
Value  
===========================================================================  
TLVSet 2 :  
1
3
6
7
Control Timeout  
Max Unknown Frame Time  
Arp Aging Time  
200  
2
250  
30  
Forward Delay  
Confirm(y/n)?:y  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # modify lecstlvset  
TLVSetNumber[1-32767](1)  
ControlTimeout[10-300](200)  
MaxUnknownFrameCount[1-10](5)  
MaxUnknownFrameTime[1-60](50)  
VCCTimeout[0-65535](50000)  
MaxRetryCount[0-2](1)  
: 3  
: 250  
: 4  
: 40  
: 40000  
: 2  
ArpAgingTime[10-300](250)  
ForwardDelay[4-30](27)  
ArpResponseTime[1-30](27)  
FlushTimeout[1-4](2)  
: 200  
: 20  
: 20  
: 3  
PathSwitchingDelay[1-8](2)  
LocalSegId[0-4095](2000)  
MulticastSendVCCType[0-2](1)  
MulticastSendVCCAvgRate[0-370370]()  
MulticastSendVCCPeakRate[0-370370]()  
ConnectionCompeteTime[1-10](8)  
switch_prompt #  
: 5  
: 2500  
: 2  
:
:
: 6  
switch_prompt # show lecstlvset  
TlvsetNumber(ALL) : 3  
TlvIndex TlvDescription  
Value  
===========================================================================  
TLVSet 3 :  
1
2
Control Timeout  
Max Unknown Frame Count  
250  
4
2-86 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
3
4
5
Max Unknown Frame Time  
VCC Timeout  
Max Retry Count  
40  
40000  
2
6
7
8
9
Arp Aging Time  
Forward Delay  
ARP Response Time  
Flush Timeout  
200  
20  
20  
3
10  
11  
12  
15  
Path Switching Delay  
Local Seg Id  
Multicast Send VCC Type  
Connection Complete Time  
5
2500  
2
6
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-87  
 
Console Commands  
LECSVCC  
Use LECSVCC (LAN emulation configuration server virtual channel connection) to view the VCCs that are waiting  
to join the LECS. These VCCs are set up by the LANE client (or other entity) as part of the LECS connection. As soon  
as they join the LECS, the VCCs will no longer be displayed here. You can only view—and not change—the VCCs  
because they are unmodifiable.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
Operator  
show  
Parameters  
Output Parameter  
[VC Type]  
Description  
Type of virtual connection.  
[VPI/VCI]  
VPI/VCI (virtual path/channel identifier) values of Control Direct VCC (virtual channel  
connection) or Multicast Send VCC.  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Descriptions  
show  
lecsvcc  
[VC Type] <vctype>  
[VPI/VCI] <vpi/vci>  
Displays the active VCCs (SVCs and PVCs) on the LECS.  
All  
2-88 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Example  
switch_prompt # show lecsvcc  
VC Type  
VPI/VCI  
===========================================  
PVC  
PVC  
SVC  
0/31  
0/33  
0/112  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-89  
 
Console Commands  
LES  
Use LES (LAN emulation server) to control the status of the LES and BUS (broadcast and unknown server) servers  
which are co-located. You can control both servers using LES.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
Operators  
start, stop  
Parameters  
This command has no parameters. Just type start lesor stop lesat the switch prompt.  
Descriptions  
Operator  
start les  
stop les  
Parameters/Permissions  
Administrator  
Description  
Starts the LES and BUS on the switch.  
Stops the LES and BUS on the switch.  
Administrator  
Examples  
switch_prompt # start les  
If there are either local or external LANE clients with retry capability, you will see the following messages for each  
client as connection is re-established:  
NOTICE - 'ZLESSRV' LES sendjoinresp:  
LES Join : 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:00  
NOTICE - 'ZLESSRV'  
Bus Connect 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:00  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # stop les  
STOPPING LES/BUS  
Confirm(y/n)?:y  
NOTICE - 'ZLESSRV' ***** LES shutdown *****  
switch_prompt # start les  
NOTICE - 'ZLESSRV' ***** LES started *****  
switch_prompt # NOTICE - 'ZLESSRV' LES sendjoinresp:  
2-90 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
LESARP  
Use LESARP (LAN emulation server address resolution protocol) to see details of the clients registered with the LES.  
LESARP also gives the MAC (media access control) address of the client.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
Operator  
show  
Parameter  
Output Parameter  
Description  
[ELANNumber]  
Number of the ELAN (emulated LAN) served by the LES.  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
show lesarp [ElanNumber] <elannumber>  
Displays the LESARP entry for the specified ELAN.  
All  
Example  
switch_prompt # show lesarp  
ELANNumber(0)  
: 1  
ARP Table entries for ELAN ELAN001  
===========================================================================  
LECId : 1  
MACAddr/RouteDesc: 00:20:D4:14:22:80  
ATM Address  
: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:22:80:00:20:D4:14:22:80:00  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-91  
 
Console Commands  
LESClient  
Use LESClient (LAN emulation server client) to determine mapping between LESELANs and the LANE (LAN  
emulation) clients that have joined the specified ELAN (emulated LAN). Clients are uniquely identified by their  
LECId.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
Operators  
delete, show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
[ELANNumber]  
[LECId]  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
0-127  
Default  
Number of the ELAN served by the LES.  
LEC identification number of the client.  
0
0
1-65279  
Output Parameter  
Description  
[VPI/VCI]  
VPI/VCI (virtual path/channel identifier) values of control direct VCC (virtual channel  
connection) or multicast send VCC.  
[ATM address]  
[Flags]  
ATM address of the client.  
Indicates whether the client is a PROXY or a NON-PROXY client.  
2-92 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
delete  
lesclient  
[Elan Number] <elannumber>  
[LECId] <lecidvalue>  
Removes a client from the specified ELAN on the LES.  
Administrator  
show  
lesclient  
[Elan Number] <elannumber>  
Displays information about all clients that have joined the  
specified ELAN on the LES.  
All  
Examples  
switch_prompt # delete lesclient  
ELANNumber (0):  
LECId (0) : 12  
Confirm? (y/n) : y  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show lesclient  
ELANNumber (0):  
Client table entries for ELAN ELAN000  
===========================================================================  
LECId  
: 1  
VPI/VCI  
: 0/215  
ATM Address  
Flags  
: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:2F:00:00:20:D4:14:2F:00:00  
: NONPROXY  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-93  
 
Console Commands  
LESELAN  
Use LESELAN (LAN emulation server emulated LAN) to manage the properties of the specified ELAN maintained  
by the LES. If the corresponding BUSELAN exists, it should have the same characteristics as the LESELALN.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
Operators  
add, delete, modify, show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
[ELANNumber]  
[ELANName]  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
0-127  
Default  
0
Number of the ELAN served by the LES.  
Name of the ELAN to which the LES belongs.  
Type of connection used.  
Up to 32 characters  
PVC, SVC  
ELAN000  
SVC  
[ConnectMethod]  
[ELANType]  
The data-link type used by the ELAN.  
802.3 (Ethernet)  
802.3  
802.5 (TokenRing)  
[Multipoint]  
[MTU]  
Indicates whatever control distribute VCC is PMP Yes: VCC is PMP  
(point-to-multipoint) or PTP (point-to-point). No: VCC is PTP  
YES  
Maximum transfer unit for the clients joining this 1516 or 9234 (Ethernet), 1516  
ELAN. 4544 (Token Ring)  
[Distribute]  
Establishes control distribute VCC to all clients if ALL, PROXY  
distribute is “ALL”. If distribute is “PROXY”,  
LES establishes control distribute VCC only to  
PROXY clients.  
PROXY  
[BUSATMAddress]  
ATM address of the BUS (specify when the LES 13-20 byte hex-based/  
NONE  
and BUS are not co-located).  
Up to 59 characters  
2-94 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Output Parameter  
[ATM Address]  
Description  
ATM address of the LES on the ELAN.  
VPI/VCI values of the control direct VCC or multicast send VCC.  
[Distribute VPI/VCI]  
[Distribute Method]  
Indicates whether the control distribute VCC is established for ALL clients or only  
PROXY clients.  
[LAN Type]  
Same as [ELANType] Input Parameter.  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
add leselan [ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
[ELANName] <elanname>  
[ConnectMethod]  
Creates a specified ELAN on the LES. Each ELAN must have  
both a LES and a BUS assigned to it.  
<connectmethod>  
[ELANType] <elantype>  
[Multipoint]  
<distributevcctype>  
[MTU] <maxframesize>  
[Distribute]  
<controldistributevccoption>  
[BUSATMAddress]  
<busatmaddress>  
Administrator  
delete  
leselan  
[ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
Removes a specified ELAN from the LES and drops all the  
clients connected to it.  
Administrator  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-95  
 
Console Commands  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
modify  
leselan  
[ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
[ELANName] <elanname>  
[ConnectMethod]  
Modifies parameters on the specified ELAN of the LES by  
deleting and then recreating the ELAN.  
<connectmethod>  
[ELANType] <elantype>  
[Multipoint]  
<distributevcctype>  
[MTU] <maxframesize>  
[Distribute]  
<controldistributevccoption>  
[BUSATMAddress]  
<busatmaddress>  
Administrator  
show  
leselan  
[ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
Displays which ELANs are currently on the LES.  
All  
Examples  
The following example creates ELAN 102 with default parameters for LES:  
switch_prompt # add leselan  
ELANNumber(0)  
: 102  
ELANName(ELAN102)  
ConnectMethod(SVC)  
ELANType(802.3)  
Multipoint(YES)  
MTU(1516)  
:
:
:
:
:
:
Distribute(PROXY)  
BUSATMAddress(39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:00:20:D4:14:15:66:02):  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # delete leselan  
ELANNumber(0) : 11  
ELAN Number  
ELAN Name  
: 11  
: ELAN011  
ATM Address  
: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:11:22:33:44:55:66:00:20:D4:14:15:0B:02  
Confirm(y/n)? : y  
switch_prompt #  
2-96 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
The following example resets an ELAN with default parameters:  
switch_prompt # modify leselan  
ELANNumber(0)  
: 102  
ELANName(ELAN102)  
:
ConnectMethod(svc) :  
ELANType(802.3)  
Multipoint(yes)  
MTU(1516)  
:
:
: 9234  
Distribute(proxy)  
:
BUSATMAddress(39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:00:20:D4:14:15:66:02):  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show leselan  
ELANNumber(ALL) : 102  
ELAN  
: ELAN102  
ELAN Number  
ELAN Name  
ATM Address  
Max Frame Size  
: 102  
: ELAN102  
: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:00:20:D4:14:15:66:02  
: 9234  
Connection Method: SVC  
Distribute VPI/VCI: 0/0  
Distribute Method: PROXY  
LAN Type  
: 802.3  
Multipoint  
: YES  
BUS Address  
switch_prompt #  
: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00:00:20:D4:14:15:66:02  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-97  
 
Console Commands  
LESLECStat  
Use LESLECStat (LAN emulation server LAN emulation client statistics) to view details of control traffic between  
the LES and its LANE (LAN emulation) clients. You can see information on all or specified clients that are on that  
specified ELAN (emulated LAN).  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
Operator  
show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
[ELANNumber]  
[LECId]  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
Number of the ELAN to which the LES belongs. 0-127  
LEC identification number of the specified client. 1-65279  
0
0
Output Parameter  
[ATMAddress]  
[Receives]  
Description  
ATM address of the LANE client.  
Number of multicast, broadcast and unknown forward requests received by the BUS and  
the LES from this LEC.  
[Forwards]  
[Sends]  
Number of ARP (address resolution protocol) requests forwarded by the BUS and the  
LES from this LEC.  
Number of requests or responses sent to this LEC by LES.  
2-98 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
show  
leslecstat  
[ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
[LECId] <lecid>  
Displays statistical information about LANE clients on a  
specific ELAN. To verify the LECId, enter show client first to  
obtain the ELAN number.  
All  
Examples  
switch_prompt # show leslecstat  
ELANNumber(0) :  
LECId(0)  
: 3  
Client 3 statistics for ELAN ELAN000  
===========================================================================  
ATM Address : 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:22:80:00:20:D4:14:22:80:00  
Receives  
Forwards  
Sends  
: 2  
: 0  
: 0  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show leslecstat 3  
LECId(0)  
:
Client statistics for ELAN ELAN003  
===========================================================================  
LECId  
: 1  
ATM address  
Receives  
Forwards  
Sends  
: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:22:80:00:20:D4:14:22:83:00  
: 75  
: 0  
: 0  
LECId  
: 2  
ATM address  
Receives  
Forwards  
Sends  
: 39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:22:80:00:20:D4:15:D4:83:00  
: 10405  
: 10365  
: 0  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-99  
 
Console Commands  
LESStat  
Use LESStat (LAN emulation server statistics) to manage the statistics that the LES maintains for each ELAN.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
Operators  
show, clear  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[ELANNumber]  
Number of ELAN to which the LES 0-127  
belongs.  
ALL  
Output Parameter  
Description  
[Join OK]  
Successful join responses sent out by the LES.  
Version not supported errors for join request.  
Version not supported errors for register request.  
Version not supported errors for unregister request.  
Version not supported errors for register request.  
Invalid request parameters errors for register request.  
Invalid request parameters errors for unregister request.  
Duplicate LAN destination join errors.  
[Join version not supported errors]  
[Reg. version not supported errors]  
[Unreg. version not supported errors]  
[Join invalid request param errors]  
[Reg. invalid request param errors]  
[Unreg. invalid request param errors]  
[Join duplicate LAN destination errors]  
[Reg. duplicate LAN destination errors]  
[Join duplicate ATM destination errors]  
Duplicate LAN destination registration.  
Duplicate ATM address errors for join request.  
2-100 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Output Parameter  
Description  
[Reg. duplicate ATM destination errors]  
[Join insufficient resource errors]  
[Reg. insufficient resource errors]  
[Join access denied errors]  
Duplicate ATM address errors for register request.  
Insufficient resources to grant errors for join request.  
Insufficient resources to grant errors for register request.  
Access denied errors for join request.  
[Reg. access denied errors]  
Access denied errors for register request.  
Invalid LECID errors for join request.  
[Join invalid requestid errors]  
[Reg. invalid requestid errors]  
[Join invalid LAN destination errors]  
[Reg. invalid LAN destination errors]  
[Join invalid ATM address errors]  
[Reg. invalid ATM address errors]  
Invalid LECID errors for register request.  
Invalid LAN destination errors for join request.  
Invalid LAN destination errors for register request.  
Invalid ATM address errors for join request.  
Invalid ATM address errors for register request.  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
show  
lesstat  
[ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
Displays statistical information about the specified ELAN on  
the LES.  
All  
clear  
lesstat  
[ELANNumber] <elannumber>  
Clears statistical information about the specified ELAN on  
the LES.  
Administrator  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-101  
 
Console Commands  
Examples  
switch_prompt # show lesstat  
ELANNumber(ALL)  
:102  
ELAN : ELAN102 Statistics  
Join OK  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
Join version not supported errors  
Reg. version not supported errors  
UnReg. version not supported errors  
Join invalid request param errors  
Reg. invalid request param errors  
UnReg. invalid request param errors  
Join duplicate LAN destination errors  
Reg. duplicate LAN destinations errors  
Join duplicate ATM address errors  
Reg. duplicate ATM address errors  
Join insufficient resource errors  
Reg. insufficient resources errors  
Join access denied errors  
Reg. access denied errors  
Join invalid requestid errors  
Reg. invalid requestid errors  
Join invalid LAN destination errors  
Reg. invalid LAN destination errors  
Join invalid ATM address errors  
Reg. invalid ATM address errors  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # clear lesstat  
ELANNumber(ALL)  
:3  
Clear LES ELAN 3 Statistics  
Confirm(y/n)?: y  
switch_prompt #  
2-102 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Log  
Use Log to control log message recording onto the log message buffer.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
Operators  
start, stop  
Parameters  
This command has no parameters. Just type start log or stop logat the switch prompt.  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
start log  
Administrator  
Enables messages to be logged into the log message  
buffer.After entering this command, messages begin logging  
to the buffer, which could lead to alarms being generated,  
depending on which flags were set with modify  
logalarmmask(see “LogAlarmMask”).You can also print  
messages directly to the console instead of the log.  
stop log  
Administrator  
Disables message logging into the buffer. After entering this  
command, no alarms are generated from log messages.  
Logging can be enabled again by entering start log.  
Examples  
switch_prompt # start log  
Enabling logging into buffer at time:165:41:09:486  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # stop log  
Disabling logging into buffer at time:166:01:55:332  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-103  
 
Console Commands  
LogAlarmMask  
Use LogAlarmMask to determine—by setting masking flags—which log messages generate alarms.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
modify, show  
Parameters  
For more options see [FilterFlags] input parameter under “LogTrace”.  
Parameter Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[Emergency] Emergency class flag set.  
y/n  
y/n  
y/n  
y/n  
y/n  
y/n  
y/n  
y/n  
y/n  
y/n  
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
[Alert]  
Alert class flag set.  
Critical class flag set.  
Error class flag set.  
Warning class flag set.  
Notice class flag set.  
Information class flag set.  
Debug class flag set.  
Trace class flag set.  
Alarm class flag set.  
[Critical]  
[Error]  
[Warning]  
[Notice]  
[Info]  
[Debug]  
[Trace]  
[ALARM]  
2-104 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
modify  
logalarmmask  
Emergency] <y/n>  
[Alert] <y/n>  
[Critical] <y/n>  
[Error] <y/n>  
[Warning] <y/n>  
[Notice] <y/n>  
[Info] <y/n>  
Controls which log messages are accepted into the alarm  
message buffer. The log alarm mask enables you to specify  
which alarms you want in the alarm message buffer by typing  
yor nat the relevant parameter field.  
[Debug] <y/n>  
[Trace] <y/n>  
[ALARM] <y/n>  
Administrator  
All  
show  
logalarmmask  
Displays the current settings of the flags within the alarm  
message buffer. If no flags are on, all log messages are  
accepted into the alarm message buffer. If one flag is on, only  
those log messages that have the flag set are accepted into the  
alarm message buffer. You can “ell if a particular masking  
flag is active or not by whether “ON” or “OFF” is visible next  
to it.  
Examples  
switch_prompt # modify logalarmmask  
Emergency(n):y  
Alert(n)  
Critical(n) :  
Error(n)  
Warning(n) :y  
:
:
Notice(n)  
Info(n)  
Debug(n)  
Trace(n)  
ALARM(n)  
:
:
:
:
:
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show logalarmmask  
SwitchNameFlags generating alarms for following log types  
-----------------------------------------------  
Emergency Flag  
Alert Flag  
Critical Flag  
Error Flag  
Warning Flag  
Notice Flag  
Info Flag  
Debug Flag  
Trace Flag  
Alarm Flag  
: ON  
: OFF  
: OFF  
: OFF  
: ON  
: OFF  
: OFF  
: OFF  
: OFF  
: OFF  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-105  
 
Console Commands  
LogBuffer  
Use LogBuffer if you want to record your messages on the log message buffer.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
modify, show, clear  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[LogBufferSize]  
Size of the message log buffer in the switch bytes  
10240  
memory. It is recommended that you use the  
default.  
[Index]  
Index Number of the alarm.  
1, 2, 3, 4.../  
n/a  
ALL  
Output Parameter  
[Num]  
Description  
Same as [Index] Input Parameter.  
Category in which alarm was generated.  
[Mod]  
[SubMod]  
[T]  
Specific switch module that generated the alarm.  
Time—since last switch reboot— that alarm was generated.  
Description of the alarm.  
[Msg]  
2-106 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
modify  
logbuffer  
[Log Buffer Size]  
<logbuffersize>  
Modifies the size of the log buffer. When full, the circular log  
buffer wraps around and begins writing over the oldest log  
messages. The log buffer size is an allocation of switch  
memory. Setting this value too high constrains available  
memory.  
Administrator  
show  
logbuffer  
[Index] <indexnumber>  
Displays all of the alarms in the log message buffer or a  
particular alarm if you specify an index number.  
Administrator  
clear  
logbuffer  
Administrator  
Clears all the messages contained in the log message buffer.  
Examples  
switch_prompt # modify logbuffer  
LogBufferSize(10240): 7000  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show logbuffer  
Index(ALL)  
:
----------------------------------------------------  
Num Mod SubMod T(h:m:s:ms) Msg  
----------------------------------------------------  
0 HW LINK 000:00:36:387 14910: Port A1  
1 HW LINK 000:00:36:413 14910: Port A2  
2 HW LINK 000:00:36:439 14910: Port A3  
3 HW LINK 000:00:36:465 14910: Port A4  
4 LES BUSS 000:00:36:566 26955:26955  
switch_prompt #  
(1) DOWN  
(2) DOWN  
(3) DOWN  
(4) DOWN  
switch_prompt # clear logbuffer  
Confirm(y/n)?:y  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-107  
 
Console Commands  
LogBufferSize  
Use LogBufferSize to determine the size of the log buffer.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operator  
show  
Parameter  
Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[LogBufferSize]  
Size of the message log buffer in the switch memory. It is bytes  
recommended that you use the default.  
10240  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
show  
logbuffersize  
Administrator  
Displays the current memory size of the log message buffer.  
When the circular log buffer is full, it wraps around and  
begins writing over the oldest messages. Alarms also are  
generated from this log buffer.  
Example  
switch_prompt # show logbuffersize  
Log Buffer Size: 7000  
switch_prompt #  
2-108 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
LogPrint  
Use LogPrint to print log messages on the console.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
modify, show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[Logprint]  
Enables or disables printing of log messages to the ON/OFF  
console.  
OFF  
Output Parameter  
Description  
[Printing Log Messages on Console] Indicates status of LogPrint on the console.  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
modify  
logprint  
[LogPrint] <logprint>  
Modifies the setting for printing log messages to the console.  
The current status is shown in parentheses. Messages will  
print to the console if you set the log print level on.  
Administrator  
show  
logprint  
Administrator  
Displays the current setting for printing log messages to the  
console.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-109  
 
Console Commands  
Examples  
switch_prompt # modify logprint  
LogPrint(OFF)  
:on  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show logprint  
Printing Log Messages on Console : ON  
switch_prompt #  
2-110 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
LogTrace  
Use LogTrace to control filtering and configuration parameters for logging and tracing messages.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
modify, show  
Parameters  
Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[LocalPortNum]  
The port through which remote log trace clients can 5 characters  
connect to the switch and receive messages.  
6005  
[LogBufferSize]  
[Output Type]  
Size of the log trace buffer in bytes.  
Output format of the switch.  
5 characters  
ASCII  
1000  
ASCII  
infinity  
[EndRecordNum]  
Ending record for message range. Log trace prints  
messages within specified range. All messages are  
sent to the client. However, messages can be filtered  
by setting the log trace flags on the switch.  
5 characters  
[FilterModuleId]  
Module ID flag. Only log messages corresponding See Software Modules OFF  
to the specified module ID are printed on the  
console, otherwise messages from all modules are  
printed.  
Table on page 2-111  
[Filter SubModuleId] Submodule ID flag. When this flag is on, log  
messages are filtered for the submodule ID.  
See Software  
SubModules Table on  
page 2-111  
OFF  
OFF  
[Filter MessageId]  
Enables or disables the printing of messages with a See Software  
specific message ID. This parameter is intended for SubModules Table on  
use by field engineers only. When this flag is on, log page 2-111  
messages are filtered for the submodule ID.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-111  
 
Console Commands  
Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[Filter Parm Val]  
User-specified parameter value. Log trace filters  
messages so that only those with a parameter equal  
to the specified value are printed. Use in conjunction  
with [Filter Parm Pos] to identify in which position  
the parameter value should appear.  
10 characters  
-1  
[Filter Parm Pos]  
Indicates at which position the filter parameter  
should appear in the message (that is, first, second,  
third). Only messages matching this filter will be  
printed. Use in conjunction with [Filter Parm Val].  
1-7  
0
[Filter Search Str]  
[Filter Debug Lvl]  
Filter search string. If this is not null, only messages Any word/ module/  
null  
-1  
with the specified search pattern are printed to the  
console.  
submodule name  
within alarm string  
Indicates which debug level to use as a message  
-1 - 9/  
filter. Only messages with the given debug level are n/a  
printed. If the debug level is equal to or less than 0,  
all messages are printed.  
[Input File Flags]  
[Print Debug Msg]  
Indicates whether the switch is in log mode or debug log, debug  
mode. Debug mode is for troubleshooting and  
testing, and should not be used unless under advice  
from a customer service engineer.  
log  
If the print debug message flag is enabled (ON), full ON/OFF  
debug messages print to the console. If this flag is  
disabled (OFF), then only the message numbers  
print to the screen.  
ON  
[NLS mode]  
Natural Language Syntax indicates which language Only English currently OFF  
to use for displaying messages. supported  
[Output Destination]  
Output from the log trace buffer can be modified to n/a  
print either to console or to file. Only console output  
is supported.  
console  
OFF  
[Print Parms Flags]  
Indicates whether a message prints to console  
without specific parameter values displayed (OFF),  
or whether the message includes and prints each  
parameter value individually (ON). Disabling this  
parameter increases the speed at which you receive  
messages. Enabling it might be desired if you  
identify a message requiring more specific details.  
ON/OFF  
2-112 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[Quiet mode]  
Suppresses the printing of messages to the console ON/OFF  
but continues to forward messages to clients.  
ON  
[Start record]  
Starting record for message range. Log trace prints 5 characters  
messages within specified range. If both starting and  
ending record numbers are set to infinity, log trace  
captures all messages. All messages are always sent  
to the client. However, console messages can be  
infinity  
flag=0  
filtered by setting the log trace flags on the switch.  
[Timestamp inactive] Indicates how the time stamp will print on log  
messages. In absolute <ABS> mode, the system up  
time is used (this resets to 0 at each reboot). In  
relative <REL> mode, you can specify a start time  
by setting the timestamp to 0. In delta <DEL> mode,  
the time difference between successive log messages  
is printed.  
ABS, REL, DEL  
[Filter Flags]  
Limits printed messages to the designated message See table below  
type. Filter flag values are bitmapped, however,  
enabling you to also print a combination of message  
types by specifying alternate values. For example,  
by entering 13, you can display messages that have  
error, critical or emergency flags (13= 8 + 4 + 1). See  
the following table:  
n/a  
Table 2-1 Filter Flags  
MESSAGES PRINTED VALUE  
All messages printed  
Emergency messages only  
Alert messages only  
0
1
2
Critical messages only  
Error messages only  
4
8
Warning messages only  
16  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-113  
 
Console Commands  
Table 2-1 Filter Flags (Continued)  
MESSAGES PRINTED VALUE  
Notice messages only 32  
Information messages only 64  
Debug messages only  
Trace messages only  
Alarm messages only  
128  
256  
512  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
modify  
logtrace  
[Filter Parm Pos]  
Modifies logging and tracing configuration parameters  
by logging, filtering and forwarding logging and  
tracing messages to the log trace buffer. See the  
Software Modules Table on page 2-110 and Software  
SubModules Table on page 2-111 for further details.  
<filterparamposition>  
[Filter Search Str]  
<filtersrchstring>  
[Filter Debug Lvl]  
<filterdebuglevel>  
[Input File Flags]  
<inputfilterflags>  
[Print Debug Msg]  
<printdebugmessage>  
[NLS mode] <n/a>  
[Output Destination]  
<outputdestination>  
[Print Parms flags]  
<printparamflags>  
[Quiet mode] <quietmode>  
[StartRecordNum] <startrecordnumber>  
[Timestamp] <time>  
Administrator  
2-114 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
All  
Description  
show  
logtrace  
Displays the parameters of the currently configured log  
trace. Logged messages can also generate alarms,  
depending on how the log alarm mask is configured.  
Setting the log trace opens a TCP port through which  
other log trace clients can connect and receive  
messages. Filtering the messages can be done either on  
the switch or from the external log trace clients.  
Filtering through external log trace clients can be done  
using module, submodule, message, parameter type,  
parameter values, or flags. See the Software Modules  
Table on page 2-110 and Software SubModules Table  
on page 2-111 for further details.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-115  
 
Console Commands  
Examples  
switch_prompt # modify logtrace  
LocalPortNum(6005)  
LogBufferSize(1000)  
OutputType(ascii)  
EndRecordNum(-1)  
FilterModid(0)  
:
:1300  
:
:
:off  
FilterSubModid(0)  
FilterMsgid(0)  
FilterParamVal(-1)  
FilterParamPos(0)  
FilterSearch()  
FilterLevel(0)  
FilterFlags(0)  
InputMode(log)  
DebugMsgMode(ON)  
NLSMode()  
:off  
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
OutputFile()  
PrintParameters()  
QuietMode(ON)  
:on  
:
StartRecordNum(-1)  
Timestamp(None)  
switch_prompt #  
:
:
switch_prompt # show logtrace  
Logging and Tracing configuration data  
-----------------------------------  
Local port number : 6005  
Buffer size  
: 1300  
Output type  
Ending record  
Filter ModuleId  
: ascii  
: infinity  
: OFF  
Filter SubModuleId: OFF  
Filter MessageId : OFF  
Filter Parm Val  
Filter Parm Pos  
: 0  
: 0  
Filter Search Str :  
Filter Debug Lvl : -1  
Filter Flags  
: 0  
Input File Flags : log  
Print Debug Msg  
NLS mode  
: ON  
: OFF  
Output Destination: console  
Print Parms flags : ON  
Quiet mode  
: ON  
Start record  
: infinity  
Timestamp inactive: flag=0  
switch_prompt #  
Table 2-2 Software Modules for LogTrace  
MODULE ID  
DESCRIPTION  
AALM  
BE  
ATM Adaptation Layer Mux  
Bridged Ethernet  
2-116 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Table 2-2 Software Modules for LogTrace (Continued)  
MODULE ID  
CONS  
HW  
DESCRIPTION  
Console specific  
Hardware specific  
ILMI module  
ILMI  
IPSR  
LEC  
IP over ATM Server  
Lan Emulation Client  
Lan Emulation Configuration Server  
Lan Emulation Server  
S10 Driver specific  
Signaling  
LECS  
LES  
S10D  
SIG  
SYS  
System specific  
VX  
VxWorks OS specific  
Table 2-3 Software Submodules for LogTrace  
SUBMODULE ID  
DESCRIPTION  
MODULE ID - AALM  
AINT  
Initialization  
AMUX  
Multiplexing  
ASRC  
ATM Adaptation Layer source  
MODULE ID - BE  
BEAL  
Bridged Ethernet client ATM Adaptation Layer  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-117  
 
Console Commands  
Table 2-3 Software Submodules for LogTrace (Continued)  
SUBMODULE ID  
DESCRIPTION  
MODULE ID - BE  
BEAR  
Bridged Ethernet Address Resolution Protocol functions  
Bridged Ethernet Configuration specific  
BECF  
MODULE ID - HW  
LINK  
Link specific  
SWIT  
Switch fabric  
SYST  
Overall system specific  
MODULE ID - ILMI  
ADDR  
AGN  
ATM address  
Agent specific  
AGNK  
AGPI  
Agent kernel functions  
Agent API  
AUTD  
CBFN  
Auto detect  
Callback function  
Console functions  
Finite state machines  
ILMI ATM Adaptation Layer  
File Input/Output  
Initialization  
CNSI  
FSM  
IAAL  
IFIO  
IINT  
IIPC  
Interprocess communication  
Library functions  
ILIB  
2-118 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Table 2-3 Software Submodules for LogTrace (Continued)  
SUBMODULE ID  
DESCRIPTION  
MODULE ID - ILMI  
ILMN  
Main functions  
IMSC  
Miscellaneous functions  
Timers  
ITMR  
MSGH  
Message handlers  
PORT  
Port functions  
REQ  
Request handlers  
SLOS  
Solaris specific Operating System  
UNI management entity  
VxWorks specific Operating System  
Wrapper functions  
UME  
VXOS  
WRAP  
MODULE ID - IPSR  
IPS  
IP over ATM Server  
IPST  
Timers in IP over ATM Server  
MODULE ID - LEC  
AALC  
AARP  
BE  
ATM Adaptation Layer  
ATM Address Resolution Protocol in IP over ATM Client  
Bridged Ethernet  
BUSC  
CFG  
Broadcast Unknown Server Client  
Configuration specific  
CONN  
Connection specific  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-119  
 
Console Commands  
Table 2-3 Software Submodules for LogTrace (Continued)  
SUBMODULE ID  
DESCRIPTION  
MODULE ID - LEC  
CTL  
Control specific  
Data specific  
DATA  
DEF  
Default Message  
Errors  
ERR  
ILMC  
INIT  
ILMI specific  
Initialization  
IPAT  
IP over ATM Client  
LECS specific  
Log specific  
LECS  
LOG  
MIBC  
RD  
MIB Client specific  
Route Descriptor  
Send specific  
SEND  
SIG  
Signaling specific  
LES specific  
SRVR  
UTL  
Utilities related  
MODULE ID - LECS  
CFGC  
CNFC  
CNNC  
CSAL  
LEC Configuration functions  
Other Configuration functions  
Connection specific  
ATM Adaptation Layer specific  
2-120 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Table 2-3 Software Submodules for LogTrace (Continued)  
SUBMODULE ID  
MODULE ID - LECS  
CSIL  
DESCRIPTION  
ILMI functions  
CSIN  
Initialization function  
Signaling functions  
Timer functions  
Utilities functions  
VLAN specific  
CSSG  
CSTM  
CSUT  
CSVL  
CTLC  
Control functions  
Database functions  
Global functions  
Member functions  
Main functions  
DB  
GLOB  
MEMB  
MNC  
PROF  
Profile functions  
MODULE ID - LES  
AALS  
ATM Adaptation Layer specific  
Address Resolution Protocol specific  
BUS specific submodule  
Handlers specific  
ARPS  
BUSS  
HDLR  
ILMS  
ILMI specific  
LECT  
LANE Client Traverse specific  
Link specific  
LINS  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-121  
 
Console Commands  
Table 2-3 Software Submodules for LogTrace (Continued)  
SUBMODULE ID  
DESCRIPTION  
MODULE ID - LES  
MIBS  
MIB specific  
PROT  
Prototype specific  
Signaling specific  
Main functions  
SIGS  
SMN  
SMSC  
Miscellaneous  
VLAN  
VLAN specific functions  
MODULE ID - S10D  
DIAG  
ISR  
Diagnostics  
Interrupt Service Routine  
Interface  
SIF  
SINT  
Initialization  
SOPN  
SOS  
Opening channels  
Operating System specific  
Receive functions  
Transmit functions  
Utilities  
SRX  
STX  
SUTL  
TUNE  
MODULE ID - SIG  
CCM  
Tunable parameters in S10 driver  
Call Control Module  
QSAAL specific  
QSAL  
2-122 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Table 2-3 Software Submodules for LogTrace (Continued)  
SUBMODULE ID  
MODULE ID - SIG  
QS31  
DESCRIPTION  
QSAAL3.1 specific  
Q.2931 signaling  
Q293  
MODULE ID - SYS  
FILE  
Flash file system related  
ATM Adaptation Layer related  
Packet Memory related  
SAAL  
SMP  
MODULE ID - VX  
SBUF  
Buffers related  
Memory related  
Heap related  
SMEM  
SSPC  
VXTM  
Timer related  
VXTR  
Task Registration  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-123  
 
Console Commands  
MyNMAddr  
Use MyNMAddr (my network management address) to manage the switch through the specified IP address.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
modify, show  
Parameters  
Parameter  
Description  
IP address of the switch.  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[IPAddr]  
dot decimal/15 characters RegisteredIP  
address  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
modify  
mynmaddr  
[IPAddress] <ipaddress>  
Sets the IP address through which the switch allows itself to  
be managed by the SNMP manager. The switch comes with a  
default MyNMAddr that matches its Ethernet address.  
However, MyNMAddr can be changed to an IP address that  
corresponds to a LANE or IP/ATM (IP over ATM) client on  
the switch. This allows the switch to be managed through an  
ATM interface.  
Administrator  
show  
mynmaddr  
[IPAddress] <ipaddress>  
Displays the current IP address through which the switch  
allows itself to be managed.  
All  
2-124 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Examples  
switch_prompt # modify mynmaddr  
IpAddr()  
: 204.95.75.186  
My Nm IP-Address : 204.95.75.186  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show mynmaddr  
My Nm IP-Address : 204.95.75.186  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-125  
 
Console Commands  
NetPrefix  
Use NetPrefix to manipulate network ATM address prefixes on a particular port. This 13-byte net prefix is based on a  
hierarchical addressing scheme. The default value starts with the first byte being set to 39 (DCC address format),  
followed by nine pairs of 00s. The net prefix value is typically supplied by the network side of the UNI (user network  
interface). The net prefix, combined with the ESI (End System Identifier) and the SEL (selector) fields supplied by the  
user side of UNI, forms the ATM address. See the Structure of ATM address and NetPrefix diagram page 2-121.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
modify, show  
Parameters  
Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[PortNumber]  
Port number on the switch.  
ALL, A1...A4,  
B1...B3, C1...C4,  
D1...D4  
ALL  
[NetPrefix]  
Net prefix within the ATM address.  
13 bytes  
Current net prefix for that  
port  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
modify  
netprefix  
[PortNumber] <portnumber>  
[NetPrefix] <netprefix>  
Changes a net prefix for a particular port. Only one net prefix  
can be assigned per port. When a net prefix for a port is  
modified, all routes under the old net prefix are flushed and  
all SVC connections, QSAAL, and ILMI links are released.  
You must reboot for this command to take effect.  
Administrator  
show  
netprefix  
[PortNumber] <portnumber>  
[NetPrefix] <netprefix>  
Displays net prefixes for a specified port or for all ports if you  
did not specify.  
All  
2-126 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Examples  
switch_prompt # modify netprefix  
PortNumber(ALL) :a1  
NetPrefix(39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:15:00):  
39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:77:88:99:10:11:12:01  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show netprefix  
PortNumber :( ALL ):a1  
Port#  
NetPrefix  
===========================================================================  
A1  
39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:77:88:99:10:11:12:01  
switch_prompt #  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20  
39 00 00 00 00 00 00 11 22 33 44 55 66 11 22 33 44 55 66 01  
switch MAC address  
end system MAC address selector  
byte  
Netprefix  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-127  
 
Console Commands  
Passwd  
Use Passwd (password) to change the password of the current or lower-privileged user.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operator  
passwd  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
[Old Password]  
[New Password]  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
5-8 characters  
Default  
Your current password.  
Your new password.  
n/a  
n/a  
5-8 characters  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
Changes the password of the current or lower-privileged user.  
passwd  
[Old Password] <oldpasswd>  
[New Password] <newpasswd>  
[Reenter Password] <newpasswd>  
All  
Example  
switch_prompt # passwd  
Old Password: admin  
Changing Password for User Administrator  
New Password: levelone  
Reenter Password: levelone  
Password Changed Successfully  
switch_prompt #  
2-128 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Ping  
Use Ping to test IP (internet protocol) connectivity of a client. However, the client must be on the same subnet or be  
reachable by routing from the subnet that is pinging  
.
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operator  
start  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[DestIP]  
IP address for ping packets.  
5-8 characters  
RegisteredIP  
address  
[Count]  
Number of times you want to send ping  
packets.  
100  
1
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
start ping  
[DestIP]  
<destinationipaddress>  
[Count] <numberoftries>  
Starts the pinging of the external destination you are trying to  
reach.  
All  
Example  
switch_prompt # start ping  
DestIP() : 204.95.77.254  
Count(1) : 1  
204.95.77.254 is alive  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-129  
 
Console Commands  
PortAutoDetect  
Use PortAutoDetect to manage the automatic-detection features of the switch on an individual port basis.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
modify, show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[AutoDetectType]  
Signaling type auto-detection capability of the  
port.  
sigtype, vpivcibits,  
ALL  
ALL  
[PortNumber]  
[Value]  
Port number on the switch.  
ALL, A1...A4, B1...  
B3, C1...C4, D1...D4  
ALL  
on  
Status of auto-detection flag.  
on/off  
Output Parameter  
Description  
[AutoDetectSigType]  
Current setting of the auto-detection flag for signaling type.  
[AutoDetectVpiVciBits] Current setting of the auto-detection flag for VPI and VCI bits.  
2-130 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
modify  
[AutoDetectType]  
Modifies the flag settings that control auto-detection of  
signaling type and VPI and VCI bits. This function can be  
enabled or disabled for each port, but signaling type and VPI  
and VCI bits are default enabled. You should disable  
auto-detection if the device at the other end does not support  
auto-detection (for example, if the other device is a PVC  
switch.)  
portautodetec <signalingtype>  
t
[PortNumber] <portnumber>  
[Value] <value>  
Administrator  
show  
[AutoDetectType]  
Displays the current flag settings that control the  
auto-detection of signaling type and VPI and VCI bits.  
portautodetec <signalingtype>  
t
[PortNumber] <portnumber>  
All  
Examples  
switch_prompt # modify portautodetect  
AutoDetectType(ALL)  
PortNumber(ALL)  
: sigtype  
: a1  
Value(on)  
: off  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show portautodetect  
AutoDetectType(ALL)  
PortNumber(ALL)  
:
:
PortNumber  
AutoDetectSigType  
AutoDetectVpiVciBits  
===========================================================================  
A1  
A2  
A3  
A4  
B1  
B2  
B3  
off  
on  
on  
on  
on  
on  
on  
on  
on  
on  
on  
on  
on  
on  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-131  
 
Console Commands  
PortConfig  
Use PortConfig (port configuration) to manage the configuration of a port on the switch.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
modify, show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[PortNumber]  
Port number on the switch.  
ALL, A1...A4, B1...  
B3, C1...C4, D1...D4  
A1  
[MaxVPIBits]  
[MaxVCIBits]  
Maximum number of bits in the VPI (virtual  
path identifier) number.  
0-12  
0-12  
0
Maximum number of bits in the VCI (virtual  
channel identifier) number.  
12  
[InterfaceAddressType] Interface address type.  
PRIVATE,  
PRIVATE  
NSAP-E164,  
NATIVE-E164,  
OTHER  
Output Parameter  
[Port ID]  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
See above  
Default  
See above  
ACTIVE  
Same as [Port Number] Input Parameter.  
[Port Admin State]  
Administrative state based on current port  
status.  
ACTIVE  
2-132 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Output Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[Port QSAAL State]  
Signaling AAL (ATM adaptation layer).  
Indicates if the SSCOP (service specific  
connection oriented protocol) link is up or  
down.  
UP, DOWN  
UP  
[Port Operational State] State of the link, based on port status (set by  
internal protocols).  
UP, DOWN  
DOWN  
[Transmission Type]  
[Media Type]  
Type of transmission.  
STS-3c, STS-12c,  
STM-1, STM-4  
Media type can be either copper or fiber. Fiber MMF, SMF,  
can be either single mode or multimode.  
Bandwidth in Mbps for the port.  
ATM address format.  
UTP-5  
[Bandwidth]  
155 Mbps, 622 Mbps  
[Address Type]  
PRIVATE,  
PRIVATE  
NSAP-E164,  
NATIVE-E164,  
OTHER  
[Active VPI Bits]  
[Active VCI Bits]  
Active VPI bits are programmed in hardware. A 0-12  
minimum/maximum algorithm is used to find  
the hardware programmed VPI/VCI set that  
corresponds most closely to VPI/VCI values  
requested for a specific port.  
0
Active VCI bits are programmed in hardware. A 0-12  
minimum/maximum algorithm is used to find  
the hardware programmed VPI/VCI set that  
corresponds most closely to the VPI/VCI values  
requested for a specific port.  
12  
[Configured VPI Bits]  
[Configured VCI Bits]  
[Current VPI Bits]  
Number of VPI bits configured by the user.  
Number of VCI bits configured by the user.  
0-7  
0
5-12  
12  
0
Current VPI bits are derived from the VPI/VCI 0-12  
set closest to the configured, as well as active,  
VPI/VCI sets. Used by the software when  
generating VPIs and VCIs. Often equal to active  
VPI bits.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-133  
 
Console Commands  
Output Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[Current VCI Bits]  
Current VCI bits are derived from the VPI/VCI 0-12  
set closest to the configured, as well as active,  
VPI/VCI sets. Used by the software when  
generating VPIs and VCIs. Often equal to active  
VCI bits.  
12  
[Current In Use VCCs]  
Number of current VCCs (virtual channel  
connections), end-to-end connections of either  
SVCs (switched virtual circuits) or PVCs  
(permanent virtual circuits) in use.  
0-4096  
16  
[Current Max VCCs]  
Maximum number of current VCCs, end-to-end 0-4096  
connections of either SVCs or PVCs.  
4096  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
modify  
portconfig  
[PortNumber] <portnumber>  
[MaxVPIBits] <cfgmaxvpibits>  
[MaxVCIBits] <cfgmaxvcibits>  
[InterfaceAddressType]  
<intfaddrtype>  
Changes maximum VPI and VCI bits, and the interface  
address type, for a given port configuration. [MaxVPIBits]  
and [MaxVCIBits] can be changed only to one of four  
VPI/VCI sets predefined in the system—0/12, 2/10, 4/8 or  
6/6. If you want to deviate from these predefined options,  
enter modify vccmask.  
Administrator  
show  
portconfig  
[PortNumber] <portnumber>  
Displays configuration and signaling status of a specified  
port or all ports. The status of a port is based on its signaling  
status. Because of this—even when a port is reported as  
being down—there may still be active PVCs on the port.  
You will see more details with this command when you  
specify a particular port, rather than accepting the ALL  
default. The alternative is to add /dafter the command. For  
example, show portconfig /d.  
All  
Examples  
switch_prompt # modify portconfig  
PortNumber(A1)  
MaxVPIBits(0)  
MaxVCIBits(12)  
InterfaceAddressType(PRIVATE)  
switch_prompt #  
:
:
:
:
2-134 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
The following examples show the port configuration of all ports, port A4, and then port B4 (CPU port):  
switch_prompt # show portconfig  
PortNumber(ALL)  
:
Admin  
State  
Port ID  
Trans  
Type  
Media  
Type  
Speed  
(MB/s)  
Op  
QSAAL  
State State  
==============================================================================  
A1  
B1  
B2  
B3  
B4(CPU)  
C1  
C2  
C3  
C4  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
STS-12c MMF (S)  
622 MB  
155 MB  
155 MB  
155 MB  
155 MB  
155 MB  
155 MB  
155 MB  
155 MB  
ACTIVE  
ACTIVE  
ACTIVE  
ACTIVE  
ACTIVE  
ACTIVE  
ACTIVE  
ACTIVE  
ACTIVE  
ACTIVE  
ACTIVE  
ACTIVE  
ACTIVE  
UP  
DOWN  
UP  
DOWN  
UP  
DOWN  
DOWN  
DOWN  
DOWN  
DOWN  
DOWN  
DOWN  
DOWN  
UP  
DOWN  
UP  
DOWN  
UP  
DOWN  
DOWN  
DOWN  
DOWN  
DOWN  
DOWN  
DOWN  
DOWN  
STS-3c  
STS-3c  
STS-3c  
STS-3c  
STS-3c  
STS-3c  
STS-3c  
STS-3c  
STS-3c  
STS-3c  
STS-3c  
STS-3c  
MMF (S)  
MMF (S)  
MMF (S)  
MMF (S)  
SMF (I)  
MMF (S)  
MMF (S)  
MMF (S)  
CAT5 UTP 155 MB  
CAT5 UTP 155 MB  
CAT5 UTP 155 MB  
CAT5 UTP 155 MB  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show portconfig a1  
Port A1 Configuration  
==============================================================================  
Port Id  
: A1  
Port Admin State  
Port QSAAL State  
Port Operational State  
Transmission Type  
Media Type  
: ACTIVE  
: UP  
: UP  
: STS-12c  
: MMF (S)  
: 622 MB  
: PRIVATE  
: 0  
: 12  
: 0  
: 12  
: 0  
Bandwidth  
Address Type  
Active VPI Bits  
Active VCI Bits  
Configured VPI Bits  
Configured VCI Bits  
Current VPI Bits  
Current VCI Bits  
Current In Use VCCs  
: 12  
: 2  
Port A1  
Configuration  
Current Max VCCs  
switch_prompt #  
: 4096  
switch_prompt # show portconfig  
PortNumber(ALL)  
: b4  
Port B4(CPU) Configuration  
==============================================================================  
Port Id  
: B4(CPU)  
: ACTIVE  
: UP  
Port Admin State  
Port QSAAL State  
Port Operational State  
Transmission Type  
Media Type  
Bandwidth  
Address Type  
Active VPI Bits  
Active VCI Bits  
Configured VPI Bits  
Configured VCI Bits  
: UP  
: STS-3c  
: MMF (S)  
: 155 MB  
: PRIVATE  
: 0  
: 12  
: 0  
: 12  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-135  
 
Console Commands  
Current VPI Bits  
: 0  
Current VCI Bits  
: 12  
: 24  
Current In Use VCCs  
Port B4(CPU) Configuration  
Current Max VCCs  
: 4096  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show portconfig /d  
PortNumber(ALL)  
:
Port A1  
==============================================================================  
Configuration  
Port Id  
: A1  
Port Admin State  
Port QSAAL State  
Port Operational State  
Transmission Type  
Media Type  
: ACTIVE  
: UP  
: UP  
: STS-12c  
: MMF (S)  
: 622 MB  
: PRIVATE  
: 0  
: 12  
: 0  
: 12  
: 0  
Bandwidth  
Address Type  
Active VPI Bits  
Active VCI Bits  
Configured VPI Bits  
Configured VCI Bits  
Current VPI Bits  
Current VCI Bits  
Current In Use VCCs  
More(<space>/q)?:  
: 12  
: 2  
2-136 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
PortMode  
Use PortMode to control the port framing protocol on the switch when communicating with other switches that use  
different standards (such as the European SDH type).  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
modify, show  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-137  
 
Console Commands  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Field Size/Value  
Default  
[PortNumber]  
Port number on the switch.  
ALL, A1...A4,  
B1...B4, C1...C4,  
D1...D4  
ALL  
[PortMode]  
Physical mode type of the port.  
SONET, SDH  
SONET  
Output Parameter  
[Port ID]  
Description  
Same as [PortNumber] Input Parameter.  
Same as [PortMode] Input Parameter.  
[Frame Type]  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
modify  
portmode  
[PortNumber]<portnumber>  
[PortMode]<portmode>  
Sets the framing mode protocol of the specified port on the  
local switch to that of any other switch connected to that port.  
However, changing the port transmission mode from SONET  
to SDH is not supported.  
Administrator  
show  
portmode  
[PortNumber]<portnumber>  
Displays the current framing mode protocol of all ports or a  
specified port on the switch.  
All  
2-138 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Examples  
switch_prompt # modify portmode  
PortNumber(ALL)  
: a1  
PortMode(SONET)  
: sdh  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show portmode  
PortNumber(ALL)  
:
Port ID  
Frame Type  
============================================================================  
A1  
SDH  
A2  
A3  
A4  
B1  
B2  
B3  
B4(CPU)  
C1  
C2  
C3  
C4  
D1  
D2  
D3  
D4  
SONET  
SONET  
SONET  
SONET  
SONET  
SONET  
SONET  
SONET  
SONET  
SONET  
SONET  
SONET  
SONET  
SONET  
SONET  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-139  
 
Console Commands  
PortStat  
Use PortStat (port statistics) to manage traffic statistics for a given port or all ports. These statistics relate to network  
resources management, congestion, and performance issues.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
show, clear  
Parameter  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[PortNumber]  
Port number on the switch.  
ALL, A1...A4,  
B1...B3, C1...C4,  
D1...D4  
ALL  
Output Parameter  
Description  
[Total OAM Cells Received]  
[Total RM Cells Received]  
Total OAM (operations and maintenance) cells the system received.  
Total cells dropped when the switch drops cells (includes those dropped when  
unknown VCs (virtual circuits) and CLP1 (cell loss priority) cells are  
dropped).  
[Total Cells Dropped]  
Total cells dropped across the system. (includes those dropped when  
unknown VCs (virtual circuits) and CLP1 (cell loss priority) cells are  
dropped).  
[Total Unknown VC Cells Dropped] Total unknown VC cells dropped.  
[Total CLP1 Cells Received]  
[Total CLP1 Cells Dropped]  
Total CLP1 cells received.  
Total CLP1 cells dropped.  
2-140 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Descriptions  
show  
portstat  
[PortNumber] <portnumber>  
Displays ATM statistics for a given port or all ports,  
represented in number of cells. These statistics relate to  
network resources management, congestion, and  
performance issues. The counter has a 32-bit maximum  
before it wraps around. Enter show portstat /d (detail) to  
obtain more details about the ports. Use clear portstat to reset  
port statistic counters.  
All  
clear  
portstat  
[PortNumber] <portnumber>  
Clears the ATM cell counts and reinitializes all port statistics  
to “0” for the specified port or all ports. This command clears  
only the software values and does not flush the hardware  
registers, which might have counts accumulated since the  
registers were last read.  
All  
Examples  
switch_prompt # show portstat  
PortNumber(ALL)  
:
Port ID  
OAM  
RM  
CLP1  
Unk VC  
CLP1  
Total  
Recvd  
Recvd  
Recvd Dropped Dropped Dropped  
============================================================================  
A1  
A2  
A3  
A4  
B1  
B2  
B3  
B4(CPU)  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
13839  
13839  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 16777215  
0 16777215  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show portstat /d  
PortNumber(ALL)  
:
Port A1  
Statistics  
============================================================================  
OAM Cells Received  
RM Cells Received  
CLP1 Cells Received  
Unknown VC Cells Dropped  
CLP1 Cells Dropped  
Total Cells Dropped  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
Port A2  
Statistics  
============================================================================  
OAM Cells Received  
RM Cells Received  
CLP1 Cells Received  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-141  
 
Console Commands  
Unknown VC Cells Dropped  
CLP1 Cells Dropped  
Total Cells Dropped  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
Port A3  
Statistics  
============================================================================  
OAM Cells Received  
RM Cells Received  
CLP1 Cells Received  
Unknown VC Cells Dropped  
CLP1 Cells Dropped  
Total Cells Dropped  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
Port A4  
Statistics  
============================================================================  
OAM Cells Received  
RM Cells Received  
: 0  
: 0  
CLP1 Cells Received  
Unknown VC Cells Dropped  
CLP1 Cells Dropped  
Total Cells Dropped  
OAM Cells Received  
RM Cells Received  
: 0  
: 13851  
: 0  
: 13851  
: 0  
: 0  
CLP1 Cells Received  
Unknown VC Cells Dropped  
CLP1 Cells Dropped  
Total Cells Dropped  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
Port B2  
Statistics  
============================================================================  
OAM Cells Received  
RM Cells Received  
CLP1 Cells Received  
Unknown VC Cells Dropped  
CLP1 Cells Dropped  
Total Cells Dropped  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
Port B3  
Statistics  
============================================================================  
OAM Cells Received  
RM Cells Received  
CLP1 Cells Received  
Unknown VC Cells Dropped  
CLP1 Cells Dropped  
Total Cells Dropped  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
Port B4(CPU) Statistics  
============================================================================  
OAM Cells Received  
RM Cells Received  
CLP1 Cells Received  
Unknown VC Cells Dropped  
CLP1 Cells Dropped  
Total Cells Dropped  
switch_prompt #  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 16777215  
: 0  
: 16777215  
2-142 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
PortTrafficCongestion  
Use PortTrafficCongestion (port traffic congestion) to manage traffic congestion parameter for the specified port.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
modify, show  
Parameter  
Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[PortNumber]  
Port number on the switch.  
ALL, A1...A4,  
B1...B3, C1...C4,  
D1...D4  
ALL  
[Queue #  
Value programmed into the switch for minimum/ 0-4096  
0 (Min.)  
Minimum/Maximum maximum threshold (in number of cells) for the  
4096 (Max.)  
CellCounter]  
specified priority queue (where “#” is 1, 2, 3, or 4).  
If the number of cells received by the switch on  
the specified priority queue for this port exceeds  
maximum threshold value, the switch discards the  
cell.  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
Modifies the traffic congestion settings for a  
specified port or all ports. You can change the  
minimum and maximum buffer thresholds, in  
cells, for each priority queue on a port. Cell buffer  
memory then reserves the minimum buffer size for  
cells on the specified priority queue of that port.  
Cells are discarded when the maximum buffer  
threshold is reached.  
modify  
porttrafficcongestion  
[PortNumber] <portnumber>  
[Queue#Min/MaxCellCounter]  
<queue#min/maxcellcounter>  
Administrator  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-143  
 
Console Commands  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
show  
[PortNumber] <portnumber>  
Displays the traffic congestion settings for the  
ports. The minimum buffer threshold is reserved  
in cell buffer memory for cells in the specified  
priority queue for the given port. Cells are  
discarded when the maximum buffer threshold is  
reached.  
porttrafficcongestion  
All  
Examples  
switch_prompt # modify portrafficcongestion  
Port(ALL)  
:
Queue1MinimumCellCounter(0)  
Queue2MinimumCellCounter(0)  
Queue3MinimumCellCounter(0)  
Queue4MinimumCellCounter(0)  
Queue1MaximumCellCounter(4096)  
Queue2MaximumCellCounter(4096)  
Queue3MaximumCellCounter(4096)  
Queue4MaximumCellCounter(4096)  
switch_prompt #  
: 40  
: 40  
: 40  
: 40  
: 2000  
: 2000  
: 2000  
: 2000  
switch_prompt # show porttrafficcongestion  
PortNumber(ALL)  
:
Port ID  
Queue 1  
Min Max  
============================================================================  
Queue 2  
Min Max  
Queue 3  
Min Max  
Queue 4  
Min Max  
A1  
A2  
A3  
A4  
B1  
B2  
B3  
B4(CPU)  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
0 4096  
switch_prompt #  
2-144 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Privilege  
Use Privilege to manage the privilege level of the current user.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
show, enable, disable  
Parameter  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[Password]  
Current password for that privilege level.  
5-8 characters  
n/a  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
show  
privilege  
All  
Displays the privilege level of the current user. The two  
available levels are Administrator and Read Only.  
enable  
[Password] <currentpassword>  
Raises the privilege level. There are two levels in the  
switch—Read-Only and Administrator. If you are logged on  
with a Read-Only privilege status and then issue this  
command, the switch prompts you for the Administrator  
[Password] before allowing access to Administrator  
commands.  
All  
disable  
Administrator  
Lowers the privilege level from Administrator to Read Only.  
No password is required.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-145  
 
Console Commands  
Examples  
switch_prompt # show privilege  
The current user is Administrator  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # enable  
password: ********  
switch_prompt # disable  
The current user is ReadOnly  
switch_prompt #  
2-146 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Prompt  
Use Prompt to control how the switch prompt is displayed on the console monitor.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operator  
modify  
Parameter  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[Prompt]  
New prompt name.  
1-25 characters  
switch_prompt  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
modify  
prompt  
[Prompt] <newpromptname>  
Changes the displayed prompt on your console monitor.  
All  
Example  
switch_prompt # set prompt  
Prompt(switch_prompt) : My_Switch  
My_Switch #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-147  
 
Console Commands  
PVC  
Use PVC (permanent virtual circuit) to manage PVCs on specific ports configured on the switch.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
add, delete, activate, deactivate, show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[ConnType]  
Connection type for PMP (point-to-multipoint) PMP, PTP  
or PTP (point-to-point).  
PTP  
[LowPort]  
[LowVPI]  
Port receiving the backward traffic flow of the A1...A4, B1...B3,  
A1  
0
high/low pair.  
C1...C4, D1... D4  
Low VPI (virtual path identifier) number. The  
range is modifiable by setting [MaxVpibits] at  
modify portconfig.  
0-maximum  
[LowVCI]  
Low VCI (virtual circuit identifier) number.  
Modifiable by setting [MaxVcibits] at modify  
portconfig.  
0-maximum  
33  
[HighPort]  
[HighVPI]  
[HighVCI]  
Port sending the forward traffic flow of the  
high/low pair.  
A1...A4, B1...B3,  
C1...C4, D1... D4  
A1  
0
High VPI number. Modifiable by setting  
[MaxVpibits] at modify portconfig.  
0-maximum  
0-maximum  
High VCI number. Modifiable by setting  
[MaxVcibits] at modify portconfig.  
34  
1
[FwdTrafficDescIndex] Index of the traffic descriptor for the forward  
(low-to-high) connection of VCs (virtual  
circuits). Create traffic descriptor prior to  
creating this PVC.  
1, 2, 3, 4.../  
1-20  
2-148 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[BkwTrafficDescIndex] Index of the traffic descriptor for the backward 1, 2, 3, 4.../  
1
(high-to-low) connection of VCs. This PVC  
traffic descriptor must have no reserved  
bandwidth.  
1-20  
[PortNumber]  
[CrossConnId]  
Port number on the switch.  
ALL, A1...A4,  
B1...B3, C1...C4,  
D1...D4  
ALL  
ALL  
Chronological sequential index marker of the  
1, 2, 3, 4.../  
circuits. All PMP cross-connect IDs of the same n/a  
low port have the same cross-connect ID.  
In the Output Parameter table below, (</d>) appears next to the parameter that is available only through the show pvc  
/d (detailed) command. When (</s>) appears next to a parameter, the parameter appears in both the summarized table  
and the detailed table.  
Output Parameter  
[ConnId] (</s>)  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Same as [CrossConnId] Input Parameter.  
See above  
[Conn SubId] (</s>)  
ID of the leaf in PMP connection. If you do not specify a 1, 2, 3, 4.../  
sub ID, all leaves of a PMP connection identified by the n/a  
cross-connect ID will be deleted.  
[Traffic Type] (</s>)  
[Admin Status] (</s>)  
Traffic type of the descriptor.  
CBR, NRTVBR,  
RTVBR, UBR  
Status of the VC. Modified by the Administrator.  
UP, DOWN  
[LowPort] (</s>)  
[LowVPI] (</s>)  
[LowVCI] (</s>)  
[HighPort] (</s>)  
[HighVPI] (</s>)  
[HighVCI] (</s>)  
[FwdTrafficDescIndex]  
(</s>)  
These parameters are available in the show pvc /s  
option, as well as those listed above. See the Input  
Parameter table above for descriptions.  
n/a/  
n/a  
[BkwTrafficDescIndex]  
(</s>)  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-149  
 
Console Commands  
Output Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
[Low to High Operational  
Status] (</d>)  
Status of the forward connection. Status is from the  
low-to-high VCL (virtual channel link)—the connection  
between host and switch.  
UP, DOWN  
[High to Low Operational  
Status] (</d>)  
Status of the backward connection. Status is from the  
high-to-low VCL—the connection between host and  
switch.  
UP, DOWN  
[Low to High Last Change  
Time stamp of last change in operations status of forward 1/100 seconds  
(Time in 1/100 seconds since traffic connection.  
last reboot)] (</d>)  
[High to Low Last Change  
Time stamp of last change in status of backward  
1/100 seconds  
(Time in 1/100 seconds since connection.  
last reboot)] (</d>)  
[Fwd TrafficType] (</d>)  
Traffic type of this forward cross-connect.  
CBR, NRTVBR,  
RTVBR, UBR  
[Fwd Bandwidth Allocated in Forward bandwidth allocated to this cross-connect, as  
Kb/s/0-622000  
Kb/s] (</d>)  
calculated by CAC (call admission control).  
[Fwd Priority Queue] (</d>) Forward priority of the internal queue of this  
HIGH,  
cross-connect, as calculated by CAC.  
MEDIUM-HIGH,  
MEDIUM-LOW, LOW  
[Fwd Early Packet Discard  
(for Lower...)] (</d>)  
Forward early packet discard of this cross-connect, as  
calculated by CAC for the low threshold of congestion.  
Enabled, Disabled  
Enabled, Disabled  
[Fwd Early Packet  
Discard(for Higher...)]  
(</d>)  
Forward early packet discard of this cross-connect, as  
calculated by CAC for the high threshold of congestion.  
[Fwd RM Cell Priority]  
(</d>)  
Forward RM cell priority for this cross-connect, as  
calculated by CAC.  
Enabled, Disabled  
Enabled, Disabled  
[Fwd Cell Loss Priority  
Indicates status of CLP in the forward direction.  
(CLP)] (</d>)  
[Number of Cells received in Number of cells received in the forward direction of this 1, 2, 3, 4.../  
the Fwd Direction] (</d>) cross-connect. Updated every 40 seconds. n/a  
[Number of Cells dropped in Number of cells dropped in the forward direction of this 1, 2, 3, 4.../  
the Fwd Direction] (</d>) cross-connect. Updated every 40 seconds. n/a  
2-150 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Output Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
[Number of EPD Packets  
dropped in the Fwd  
Direction] (</d>)  
Number of EPD (early packet discard) packets dropped 1, 2, 3, 4.../  
in the forward direction of this cross-connect. Updated  
every 40 seconds.  
n/a  
[Bkw TrafficType] (</d>)  
Traffic type of this backward cross-connect.  
CBR, NRTVBR,  
RTVBR, UBR  
[Bkw Bandwidth allocated in Backward bandwidth allocated to this cross-connect, as Kb/s/  
Kb/s] (</d>)  
calculated by CAC.  
0-622000  
[Bkw Priority Queue] (</d>) Backward priority of the internal queue of this  
HIGH,  
cross-connect, as calculated by CAC.  
MEDIUM-HIGH,  
MEDIUM-LOW, LOW  
[Bkw Early Packet  
Backward early packet discard of this cross-connect, as Enabled, Disabled  
Discard(for Lower...)] (</d>) calculated by CAC for the low threshold of congestion.  
[Bkw Early Packet Discard  
Backward early packet discard of this cross-connect, as Enabled, Disabled  
(for Higher...)] (</d>)  
calculated by CAC for the high threshold of congestion.  
[Bkw RM Cell Priority]  
(</d>)  
Backward RM cell priority for this cross-connect, as  
calculated by CAC.  
Enabled, Disabled  
Enabled, Disabled  
[Bkw Cell Loss Priority]  
Indicates status of CLP in the backward direction.  
(CLP)] (</d>)  
[Number of Cells received in Number of cells received in the backward direction of  
the Bkw Direction] (</d>) this cross-connect. Updated every 40 seconds.  
1, 2, 3, 4.../  
n/a  
[Number of Cells dropped in Number of cells dropped in the backward direction of  
1, 2, 3, 4...  
/n/a  
the Bkw Direction] (</d>)  
this cross-connect. Updated every 40 seconds.  
[Number of EPD Packets  
dropped in the Bkw  
Direction] (</d>)  
Number of EPD packets dropped in the backward  
direction of this cross-connect. Updated every 40  
seconds.  
1, 2, 3, 4...  
/n/a  
[Cross-connect Id]  
Same as [CrossConId] Input Parameter.  
1, 2, 3, 4.../  
n/a  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-151  
 
Console Commands  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
add pvc  
[ConnType] <connectiontype>  
[LowPort] <lowport>  
[LowVPI] <lowvpi>  
Adds a PVC cross-connect to the switch, which sets up a  
virtual circuit on the specified ports.  
[LowVCI] <lowvci>  
When referring to ports, the terms “low” and “high” refer  
to the direction of data flow, inbound (forward) and  
outbound (backward). Thus, forward is the connection  
from the low port to the high port and backward is the  
connection from the high port to the low port.  
[HighPort] <highport>  
[HighVPI] <highvpi>  
[HighVCI] <highvci>  
[FwdTrafficDescIndex]  
<fwdtrafficdescindex>  
[BkwTrafficDescIndex]  
<bkwtrafficdescindex>  
Before adding a PVC you can define the traffic descriptor  
for both the forward and backward directions using add  
trafficdescriptor.  
Administrator  
delete pvc  
[LowPort] <lowport>  
[LowVPI] <lowvpi>  
[LowVCI] <lowvci>  
[HighPort] <highport>  
[HighVPI] <highvpi>  
[HighVCI] <highvci>  
Removes a PVC cross-connect based on a cross-connect  
ID or a cross-connect sub ID. The sub IDs identify a leaf  
in PMP connections. Enter show pvc before this  
command to display the cross-connect ID and sub IDs.  
Administrator  
activate pvc  
deactivate pvc  
show pvc  
[LowPort] <lowport>  
[LowVPI] <lowvpi>  
[LowVCI] <lowvci>  
[HighPort] <highport>  
[HighVPI] <highvpi  
[HighVCI] <highvci>  
Activates a PVC. This is applicable only if the PVC was  
deactivated by the Administrator. In a PMP PVC, this  
command must be repeated for every leg of the PVC.  
Administrator  
[LowPort] <lowport>  
[LowVPI] <lowvpi>  
[LowVCI] <lowIPvci>  
[HighPort] <highport  
[HighVPI] <highvpi>  
[HighVCI] <highvci>  
Deactivates a PVC. This is applicable only if the PVC is  
operational and it must be made inactive. However, this  
command is not persistent. If you reboot the switch, the  
PVC becomes active again.  
Administrator  
[Port Number] <portnumber>  
[CrossConId] <crossconnectid>  
Displays all PVCs configured for the specified port. It  
has two modes of printing—detailed </d> and summary  
</s>. The </d> option flag displays detailed  
All  
information; the </s> flag displays summarized  
information. Every PVC is assigned a unique number,  
called the cross-connect id.The 40-second interval is the  
maximum duration for holding these counters without  
overflowing them.Special PVCs are signaling and ILMI.  
They use VCI 5 and 16, respectively.  
2-152 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
You can create either a PTP (point-to-point) or PMP (point-to-multipoint) PVC  
when you define the ports and low identifiers [vci] and [vpi]. To send traffic from  
one port to multiple ports, enter the same low port and low identifiers for all the  
PVCs at a single port. Then, for each PVC from that single incoming port, enter  
unique high ports and high identifiers. PTP PVCs must have unique low and high  
ports and identifiers. A PMP connection is used when you want to multicast  
(restrict broadcasting) from a single point (root) to multiple points (leaves).  
Leaves could be home computers receiving and simultaneously viewing a single  
video program.  
Examples  
switch_prompt # add pvc  
ConnType(PTP)  
:
LowPort(A1)  
LowVPI(0)  
:d2  
:
LowVCI(33)  
:
HighPort(A1)  
HighVPI(0)  
:d3  
:
HighVCI(34)  
:
FwdTrafficDescriptorIndex(1)  
BkwTrafficDescriptorIndex(1)  
switch_prompt #  
:7  
:8  
switch_prompt # delete pvc  
LowPort(A1)  
LowVPI(0)  
: d2  
:
LowVCI :( 0 )  
: 33  
: d3  
:
HighPort :( A1 )  
HighVPI :( 0 )  
HighVCI :( 0 )  
Confirm? (y/n): y  
switch_prompt #  
: 34  
switch_prompt # activate pvc  
LowPort(A1)  
LowVPI(0)  
: d2  
:
LowVCI :( 0 )  
: 33  
: d3  
:
HighPort :( A1 )  
HighVPI :( 0 )  
HighVCI :( 0 )  
switch_prompt #  
: 34  
switch_prompt # deactivate pvc  
LowPort(A1)  
LowVPI(0)  
: d2  
:
LowVCI :( 0 )  
: 33  
: d3  
:
HighPort :( A1 )  
HighVPI :( 0 )  
HighVCI :( 0 )  
switch_prompt #  
: 34  
These examples show a standard, summarized and detailed listing of the PVC parameters of one port - d2.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-153  
 
Console Commands  
Standard Report  
switch_prompt # show pvc d2  
CrossConnId :( ALL ):  
Conn Conn  
Id SubId Type  
Traffic Conn  
Type Port  
Low  
High  
Admin  
Status  
Vpi/Vci  
Port  
Vpi/Vci  
===========================================================================  
00024 00049 CBR  
switch_prompt #  
PTP  
D2  
000/00033  
D3  
000/00034 UP  
Summarized Report ( [/s d2] )  
switch_prompt # show pvc /s d2  
CrossConnId :( ALL ):  
Conn Conn Traffic Conn  
Id SubId Type Type Port  
Low  
High  
Admin  
Status  
Vpi/Vci  
Port  
Vpi/Vci  
===========================================================================  
00024 00049 CBR  
00032 00048 CBR  
switch_prompt #  
PTP  
PTP  
D2  
D1  
000/00033  
000/00033  
D3  
D2  
000/00034 UP  
000/00034 UP  
2-154 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Detailed Report for One Port ( [/d b2] )  
switch_prompt # show pvc /d b2  
CrossConnectId(ALL)  
:
Show Cross Connection in Detailed Mode  
==============================================================================  
Cross Connect Id  
Connection Type  
Low Port  
: 4099  
: PTP  
: B4(CPU)  
: 0  
Low VPI  
Low VCI  
High Port  
: 1046  
: B2  
High VPI  
: 0  
High VCI  
: 5  
Administrative Status  
Low to High Operational Status  
High to Low Operational Status  
: UP  
: UP  
: UP  
Low to High Last Change(In 100ths of a sec since last reboot): 1610  
High to Low Last Change(In 100ths of a sec since last reboot): 1610  
Forward Traffic Type  
: NRTVBR  
Forward Bandwidth Allocated in Kb/s  
Forward Priority Queue  
: 411  
: MEDIUM-LOW  
Fwd Early Packet Discard(For Lower Threshold of Congestion) : Disabled  
Fwd Early Packet Discard(For Higher Threshold of Congestion) : Enabled  
Forward RM Cell Priority  
Forward Cell Los Priority(CLP)  
: Disabled  
: Enabled  
: 25973  
: 0  
: 0  
: NRTVBR  
: 411  
Number of Cells Received in the Fwd Direction  
Number of Cells Dropped in the Fwd Direction  
Number of Epd Packets Dropped in the Fwd Direction  
Backward Traffic Type  
Backward Bandwidth Allocated in Kb/s  
Backward Priority Queue  
: MEDIUM-LOW  
Bkwd Early Packet Discard(For Lower Threshold of Congestion) : Disabled  
Bkwd Early Packet Discard(For Higher Threshold of Congestion): Enabled  
Backward RM Cell Priority  
Backward Cell Los Priority(CLP)  
Number of Cells Received in the Bkwd Direction  
Number of Cells Dropped in the Bkwd Direction  
: Disabled  
: Enabled  
: 26388  
: 0  
Number of Epd Packets Dropped in the Bkwd Direction  
: 0  
Cross Connect Id  
Connection Type  
Low Port  
: 4103  
: PTP  
: B4(CPU)  
: 0  
Low VPI  
Low VCI  
High Port  
: 1062  
: B2  
High VPI  
: 0  
High VCI  
: 16  
Administrative Status  
Low to High Operational Status  
High to Low Operational Status  
: UP  
: UP  
: UP  
Low to High Last Change(In 100ths of a sec since last reboot): 1722  
High to Low Last Change(In 100ths of a sec since last reboot): 1722  
Forward Traffic Type  
: NRTVBR  
Forward Bandwidth Allocated in Kb/s  
Forward Priority Queue  
: 411  
: MEDIUM-LOW  
Fwd Early Packet Discard(For Lower Threshold of Congestion) : Disabled  
Fwd Early Packet Discard(For Higher Threshold of Congestion) : Enabled  
Forward RM Cell Priority  
Forward Cell Los Priority(CLP)  
Number of Cells Received in the Fwd Direction  
Number of Cells Dropped in the Fwd Direction  
Number of Epd Packets Dropped in the Fwd Direction  
: Disabled  
: Enabled  
: 4590  
: 0  
: 0  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-155  
 
Console Commands  
Backward Traffic Type  
Backward Bandwidth Allocated in Kb/s  
Backward Priority Queue  
: NRTVBR  
: 411  
: MEDIUM-LOW  
Bkwd Early Packet Discard(For Lower Threshold of Congestion) : Disabled  
Bkwd Early Packet Discard(For Higher Threshold of Congestion): Enabled  
Backward RM Cell Priority  
Backward Cell Los Priority(CLP)  
Number of Cells Received in the Bkwd Direction  
Number of Cells Dropped in the Bkwd Direction  
Number of Epd Packets Dropped in the Bkwd Direction  
SmartCell ZX #  
: Disabled  
: Enabled  
: 4588  
: 0  
: 0  
2-156 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
PVCByID  
Use PVCByID (permanent virtual circuit by identification number) to manage cross-connect based PVCs on a  
cross-connect ID or sub ID.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
activate, deactivate, delete  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[CrossConnId]  
Identifies the PVC on the switch. Chronological  
sequential index marker of the circuits.  
0, 1, 2, 3, 4...  
/n/a  
0
[CrossConnSubId]  
ID of the leaf in PMP connection.  
0, 1, 2, 3, 4.../  
n/a  
0
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
activate  
pvcbyid  
[CrossConnId] <crossconnid>  
[CrossConnSubId]  
<crossconnsubid>  
Activates a PVC by its unique identifier. Can be used instead  
of activate pvcand requires fewer input parameters if the  
PVC had been created using create pvc. If the  
CrossConnSubId is “0”, then all the PVCs with same  
CrossConnId are deactivated.  
Administrator  
deactivate  
pvcbyid  
[CrossConnId] <crossconnid>  
[CrossConnSubId]  
<crossconnsubid>  
Deactivates a PVC by its unique identifier. Can be used  
instead of deactivate pvcand requires fewer input  
parameters if the PVC had been created using create pvc. If  
the CrossConnSubId is “0”, then all the PVCs with same  
CrossConnId are deactivated.  
Administrator  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-157  
 
Console Commands  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
delete  
pvcbyid  
[CrossConnId] <crossconnid>  
[CrossConnSubId]  
<crossconnsubid>  
Removes a PVC by the cross-connect ID or sub ID. The sub  
IDs identify a leaf in PMP connections. Enter show pvc  
before this command to display the cross-connect ID and sub  
IDs. If you do not specify a sub ID, all leaves of a PMP  
identified by the cross-connect ID will be deleted.  
Administrator  
Examples  
switch_prompt # activate pvcbyid  
CrossConnId(0)  
CrossConnSubId(0)  
switch_prompt #  
: 4097  
: 2061  
switch_prompt # delete pvcbyid  
CrossConnId:(0)  
CrossConnSubId:(0)  
Confirm? (y/n)  
: 24  
: 49  
: y  
switch_prompt #  
2-158 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Reboot  
Use Reboot to reboot the switch. Enter Reboot with caution as it is instantly entered without offering the chance to  
confirm your decision.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operator  
reboot  
Parameters  
This command has no parameters. Just type reboot at the switch prompt and the switch reboots. You should be aware  
that there is no confirm option.  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
reboot  
[Reboot] <reboot>  
Reboots the switch. Be aware that most switch attributes are  
persistent, so if you reboot, you will need to manually start any  
switch attribute that you had stopped before the switch reboot  
(for example, the LECS switch attribute).  
Administrator  
Do not enter this command from a telnet session because it  
breaks any connection you have with the switch. You should be  
located near the switch—most probably the switch console—so  
you can conveniently reconnect to the switch from there.  
Press any key during the first seven seconds after entering this  
command as a way to avoid the full switch diagnostic session.  
By pressing any key and then typing go, the switch will conduct  
a basic diagnostic session. See the following example for more  
details:  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-159  
 
Console Commands  
Example  
switch_prompt # reboot  
Luxor Start-up Code Version 1.0.0, Nov 13 1996  
Copyright 1995, ZeitNet Inc.  
CPU Board Details:  
Board Revision: 1  
CPU Speed: 25 MHZ.  
Common DRAM Base Address: e0000000, Size:  
No CPU DRAM.  
Secondary Flash Base Address: 90000000, Size:  
Switch Board 1 Present:  
8 MB.  
4 MB.  
Press any key to exit to debug monitor. Waiting for 07 seconds...  
04  
=>go  
Verifying Checksum of Secondary Flash...  
Attaching network interface ei0... done.  
Attaching network interface lo0... done.  
0xe0576440 (tRootTask): flashFsLib: Initialized  
Initializing Flash File-System  
Initializing System  
Initializing Hardware  
Initializing Alarms, Logging and Tracing  
Initializing Signalling (please wait)  
Initializing ILMI  
NOTICE - 'tZILMId' Sending Ilmi Up Trap for link 1  
NOTICE - 'tRootTask' Port A1  
(1) DOWN  
NOTICE - 'tZILMId' *************** Bringing Port A1 (1) down ****************  
NOTICE - 'tZILMId' Sending ILMI Down Trap for link 1  
NOTICE - 'tRootTask' Port A2  
NOTICE - 'tRootTask' Port A3  
(2) DOWN  
(3) DOWN  
NOTICE - 'tZILMId' ZQ2110: QSAAL Link 1 Down  
NOTICE - 'tRootTask' Port A4  
NOTICE - 'tRootTask' Port B1  
NOTICE - 'tRootTask' Port B2  
NOTICE - 'tRootTask' Port B3  
Initializing LANE Servers  
(4) DOWN  
(5) DOWN  
(6) DOWN  
(7) DOWN  
NOTICE - 'ZLESSRV' ***** LES started *****  
Initializing LANE & IP/ATM Client  
Initializing Watchdog Timer  
SmartCell ZX Command Console  
SmartCell ZX Version 1.1(22) (c) Cabletron Systems Inc.  
password: NOTICE - 'tZTOTask' LECS Operational  
NOTICE - 'tZILMId' LECS Address Registration with ILMI complete  
The current user is  
switch_prompt #  
Administrator  
2-160 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Route  
Use Route to administer IP (internet protocol) route management to an ATM client through an Ethernet network. It  
allows network management software to communicate across a network of switches.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
add, delete, show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[DestNetIP]  
IP network number of a remote network.  
dot decimal/  
NONE  
7-15 characters  
[GatewayIP]  
IP address for gateway to the remote network.  
dot decimal/  
NONE  
7-15 characters  
Output Parameter  
Description  
[flags]  
The flags field is a bitmask of different options:  
0x1 – Route is usable (“up”)  
0x2 – Destination address is a gateway0x4 – Host-specific routing  
entry  
0x10 – Created dynamically by ICMP redirect  
0x20 – Modified dynamically by ICMP redirect  
[Refcnt]  
[Use]  
Internal/debugging info.  
Number of times this route has been used to send a packet.  
Interface used for forwarding packets on this route.  
[Interface]  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-161  
 
Console Commands  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
add route  
[DestNetIP] <destnetip>  
[GatewayIP] <gatewayip>  
Creates an IP route to an ATM client when it is not directly  
connected to the NMS (network management system). You  
must assign both the destination IP address and the gateway IP  
address to reach the ATM client, and these addresses must  
already exist.  
Administrator  
delete  
route  
[DestNetIP] <destnetip>  
[GatewayIP] <gatewayip>  
Removes an IP route from the switch configuration when it is  
not directly connected to the NMS.  
Administrator  
All  
show route  
Displays IP routes used by the switch. The flag numbers shown  
in the flags column relate to the hexadecimal figures listed in the  
Output Parameter table above. Whatever number is shown  
defines what flags are active. For example, 1 equals flag 0x1; 5  
equals flag 0x1 + flag 0x4; 7 equals flag 0x1 + flag 0x2 + flag  
0x4 and so on.  
Examples  
switch_prompt # add route  
DestNetIP()  
GatewayIP()  
: 204.95.77.187  
: 204.95.77.186  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show route  
ROUTE NET TABLE  
destination  
gateway  
flags Refcnt Use  
Interface  
------------------------------------------------------------------------  
90.1.1.0  
204.95.77.0  
90.1.1.186  
204.95.77.186  
1
1
0
3
6508  
6312  
zn1  
ei0  
------------------------------------------------------------------------  
ROUTE HOST TABLE  
destination  
gateway  
flags Refcnt Use  
Interface  
------------------------------------------------------------------------  
127.0.0.1  
204.95.77.187  
127.0.0.1  
204.95.77.186  
5
5
0
0
0
0
lo0  
ei0  
------------------------------------------------------------------------  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # delete route  
DestNetIP()  
GatewayIP()  
: 204.95.77.187  
: 204.95.77.186  
switch_prompt #  
2-162 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Rows  
Use Rows to alter the number of rows per page on the console display.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operator  
modify  
Parameter  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[Rows]  
Number of rows per page (0 turns off pagination).  
0 to 999  
18  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
modify rows [rows] <number>  
Sets the number of rows per page on the console display, by  
telling the switch how many lines your console supports. If you  
do not want screen breaks in the output, set the number of rows  
to "0".  
Administrator  
Example  
switch_prompt # modify rows  
Rows(18): 25  
There are now 25 rows per page  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-163  
 
Console Commands  
SARStat  
Use SARStat (segmentation and reassembly statistics) to view statistics from the SAR on the CPU port. This is useful  
for debugging hardware problems.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operator  
show  
Parameters  
This command has no input parameters. Just type show sarstat at the switch prompt.  
Output Parameter  
[Rcv Pkts]  
[RCV Byts]  
[Raw Cell]  
[Buf UF]  
Description  
Number of packets received since last up-time or clear.  
Number of bytes received since last up-time or clear.  
Number of raw cells received.  
Number of underflow buffers received since last up-time or clear.  
Number of first in, first out overruns received.  
Maximum length of packet.  
[FIFO OR]  
[Max Len]  
[Len Err]  
Number of packet-length errors received.  
[Crc Err]  
Number of packet-length errors received.  
[U Abrts]  
Number of user aborts received since last up-time or clear.  
Number of T1 errors received since last up-time or clear.  
Number of channel DVT (delay variation tolerance) indicators since last up-time or clear.  
Number of spurious indicators since last up-time or clear.  
Total errors received since last up-time or clear.  
[T1 Err]  
[Chnl DVT]  
[spur Int]  
[Ttl Err]  
2-164 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Output Parameter  
[ISR Int]  
Description  
Total interrupts received.  
[RQU Int]  
[RQA Int]  
[MM Int]  
[MF Int]  
Receive queue underrun indicator since last up-time or clear.  
Receive queue alert indicator since last up-time or clear.  
Mailbox modified indicator.  
Mailbox full indicator.  
[SBE Int]  
[SPE Int]  
System bus error indicator since last up-time or clear.  
System parity error indicator since last up-time or clear.  
Number of control monitor parity error indicators.  
Physical interface indicator.  
[CPE Int]  
[PI Int]  
[RD Int]  
Receive deactivated indicator since last up-time or clear.  
Raw cell received indicator.  
[RCR Int]  
[Pkts Qd]  
[Pkts Cmp]  
[Byts Cmp]  
[Pkts Drp]  
Number of packets queued.  
Number of packets completed.  
Number of bytes completed since last up-time or clear.  
Number of packets dropped.  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Administrator  
Description  
show  
sarstat  
Displays all levels of statistics for the SAR. AAL (ATM  
adaptation layer) commands act on the SAR of VCs (virtual  
circuits) and VC statistics.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-165  
 
Console Commands  
Example  
switch_prompt # show sarstat  
Receive Statistics  
Rcv Pkts:  
FIFO OR :  
U Abrts :  
Ttal Err:  
6 Rcv Byts:  
0 Max Len :  
0 T1 Err :  
7 ISR Int:  
648 Raw Cell:  
0 Len Err :  
0 Chnl DVT:  
39 RQU Int:  
0 SBE Int:  
0 Buf UF :  
0 Crc Err :  
26 spur Int:  
0 RQA Int:  
0 SPE Int:  
0 RCR Int:  
0
7
0
0
0
0
MM  
Int:  
39 MF  
0 PI  
Int:  
Int:  
CPE Int:  
0 RD  
Int:  
Transmit Statistics  
Pkts Qd :  
20 Pkts Cmp:  
20 Byts Cmp:  
1712 Pkts Drp:  
0
switch_prompt #  
2-166 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Shutdown  
Use Shutdown to shut down the switch to a state where it can be powered off. It stops all logging and synchronizes the  
file system. This must be run before turning off the switch.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operator  
shutdown  
Parameters  
This command has no parameters. Just type shutdownat the switch prompt.  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Descriptions  
shutdown  
Administrator  
After issuing this command, you will be prompted for  
confirmation. Reply yto confirm; then you can safely power off  
or reset the switch. By comparison, use exitwhen you have  
only finished a console session.  
Example  
switch_prompt # shutdown  
Confirm(y/n)?: y  
switch_prompt #  
You can switch off the system now  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-167  
 
Console Commands  
SigConfig  
Use SigConfig (signaling configuration) to manage signaling configuration of all or specific ports.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
modify, show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[PortNumber]  
Port number on the switch.  
A1...A4, B1...B3,  
C1...C4, D1... D4  
A1  
[CurrentInterfaceType]  
[CurrentInterfaceRole]  
[DefaultInterfaceType]  
[DefaultInterfaceRole]  
Current signaling version type for the given UNI3.0, UNI3.1,  
UNI3.0  
port number.  
IISP3.0, IISP3.1  
Current signaling role for the given port  
number.  
USER, NETWORK  
NETWORK  
UNI3.0  
Default signaling version for the given port  
number.  
UNI3.0, UNI3.1,  
IISP3.0, IISP3.1  
Default signaling role for the given port  
number.  
USER, NETWORK  
NETWORK  
2-168 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
modify  
sigconfig  
[PortNumber] <portnumber>  
[CurrentInterfaceType]  
<interfacetype>  
[CurrentInterfaceRole]  
<interfacerole>  
[DefaultInterfaceType]  
<interfacetype>  
[DefaultInterfaceRole]  
<interfacerole>  
Modifies the current signaling configuration. This  
command turns off AutoDetectSigType. Enter modify  
portautodetectto turn AutoDetectSigType on again.  
After you reboot the switch, if auto-detect is active (even if  
it is set to IISP3.0 (interim inter-switch signaling  
protocol)), the switch resets to the default IISP3.1 setting.  
The UNI (user-network interface) setting remains the same.  
If auto-detect is inactive, the IISP3.0 setting remains after  
reboot.  
Administrator  
show  
sigconfig  
[PortNumber] <portnumber>  
Displays the current signaling configuration—including  
signaling timer details—of all or specified ports.  
All  
Examples  
switch_prompt # modify sigconfig  
PortNumber(A1)  
: A2  
CurrentInterfaceType(UNI3.0)  
CurrentInterfaceRole(NETWORK)  
DefaultInterfaceType(UNI3.0)  
DefaultInterfaceRole(NETWORK)  
switch_prompt #  
: UNI3.1  
: USER  
: UNI3.1  
: USER  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-169  
 
Console Commands  
The following examples are for a specific port - A2, and then for all ports:  
switch_prompt # show sigconfig a2  
PortNumber  
: A2  
Current Signaling Type  
Current Signaling Role  
Default Signaling Type  
Default Signaling Role  
Signaling Timers :  
: UNI3.1  
: NETWORK  
: UNI3.1  
: NETWORK  
TimerId  
MaxInterval  
( In millisecs)  
============================================================  
RetryCount  
303  
308  
309  
310  
313  
316  
317  
322  
398  
399  
400  
401  
008000  
030000  
050000  
050000  
040000  
120000  
119000  
004000  
004000  
014000  
003000  
003000  
01  
01  
00  
00  
00  
02  
00  
02  
00  
00  
00  
00  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show sigconfig  
PortNumber(ALL) :  
Port  
Current  
SigType  
===========================================================================  
Default  
SigType SigRole  
SigRole  
A1  
A2  
A3  
A4  
B1  
B2  
B3  
B4(CPU)  
UNI3.0  
UNI3.1  
UNI3.0  
UNI3.0  
UNI3.0  
UNI3.0  
UNI3.0  
UNI3.0  
NETWORK  
USER  
UNI3.0  
UNI3.1  
UNI3.0  
UNI3.0  
UNI3.0  
UNI3.0  
UNI3.0  
UNI3.0  
NETWORK  
USER  
NETWORK  
NETWORK  
NETWORK  
NETWORK  
NETWORK  
NETWORK  
NETWORK  
NETWORK  
NETWORK  
NETWORK  
NETWORK  
NETWORK  
switch_prompt #  
2-170 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
SigFlags  
Use SigFlags (signaling flags) to view the status of flags related to signaling. This command is unmodifiable, and the  
switch defaults to a UNI3.1 to UNI3.0 translation.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operator  
show  
Parameter  
Output Parameter  
Description  
[Translation3130]  
UNI route translation from UNI3.1 to UNI3.0.  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
All  
Description  
show  
sigflags  
Displays the signaling flag settings. This command is  
unmodifiable.  
Example  
switch_prompt # show sigflags  
Translation31To30 is enabled  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-171  
 
Console Commands  
SigStat  
Use SigStat (signaling statistics) to see current signaling statistics of all ports or a specific port.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operator  
show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[PortNumber]  
Port number on the switch.  
A1...A4, B1...B3,  
C1...C4, D1...D4  
A1  
Output Parameter  
Description  
[Detect Unavailable Routes]  
Number of SVC calls rejected because of unavailable IISP or UNI routes not  
generated on this switch.  
[Emit Unavailable Routes]  
Number of SVC calls this switch rejected because of unavailable IISP or UNI  
routes.  
[Detect Unavailable Resources]  
[Emit Unavailable Resources]  
[Detect Called Party Problems]  
Number of calls rejected because of unavailable resources on other switches.  
Number of calls rejected because of unavailable resources on this switch.  
Number of calls other switches rejected (such as incorrect or invalid called party  
number or called party being busy).  
[Emit Called Party Problems]  
Number of calls this switch rejected (such as incorrect or invalid called party  
number or called party being busy).  
[Detect Signaling Message  
Errors]  
Number of signaling message errors for other switches (such as invalid  
information elements (IE) or missing mandatory elements in the IEs).  
2-172 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Output Parameter  
Description  
[Emit Signaling Message Errors] Number of signaling message errors for this switch (such as invalid information  
elements (IE) or missing mandatory elements in the IEs).  
[Detect Timer Expirations]  
[Emit Timer Expirations]  
[Detect Restarts]  
Number of calls terminated by other switches due to timer expirations.  
Number of calls terminated by this switch due to timer expirations.  
Number of requests (by the user) on other switches to release all resources  
associated with the circuit controlled by signaling.  
[Emit Restarts]  
Number of requests (by the user) on this switch to release all resources  
associated with the circuit controlled by signaling.  
[In Call Establishments]  
[Out Call Establishments]  
Number of successful call establishments from incoming call setups.  
Number of successful call establishments.  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
show  
sigstat  
[PortNumber] <portnumber>  
Displays the current signaling statistics of all ports or  
specified ports on the switch.  
All  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-173  
 
Console Commands  
Example  
switch_prompt # show sigstat  
PortNumber(ALL)  
: a2  
Signaling per Port Statistics  
===========================================================================  
Port#  
: A2  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
: 0  
Detect Unavailable Routes  
Emitt Unavailable Routes  
Detect Unavailable Resources  
Emitt Unavailable Resources  
Detect Called Party Problems  
Emitt Called Party Problems  
Detect Signaling Message Errors  
Emitt Signaling Message Errors  
Detect Timer Expirations  
Emitt Timer Expirations  
Detect Restarts  
Emitt Restarts  
In Call Establishments  
Out Call Establishments  
switch_prompt #  
2-174 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
SSCOPConfig  
Use SSCOPConfig (service-specific connection-oriented protocol configuration) to view timers and other parameter  
values.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operator  
show  
Parameters  
Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[Port#]  
Port number on the switch.  
ALL, A1...A4, B1...B3, ALL  
C1...C4, D1...D4  
[MaxPD]  
Number of SD (switching delay) PDUs (protocol data 5-20  
unit) after which a poll PDU is generated.  
10  
[MaxCC]  
[PollTm]  
Number of begin PDUs sent during line establishment. 4-10  
4
Time between generation of PDUs.  
m/seconds/  
100-200  
200  
[KpAliveTm]  
[NoRespTm]  
[CCTm]  
Controls poll exchange rate in the absence of SD PDU m/seconds/  
1000  
10000  
1000  
traffic.  
1000-2000/  
Maximum time within which a poll has to be  
acknowledged by a PDU.  
m/seconds/  
10000-15000  
Rate at which begin and end PDUs are generated.  
m/seconds/  
1000-2000  
[TxWindowSz] Setting of transmit direction window size.  
[RxWindowSz] Setting of receive window size.  
32-256  
32-256  
256  
256  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-175  
 
Console Commands  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
Displays the SSCOP configuration control parameters.  
show  
sscopconfig  
[PortNumber] <portnumber>  
All  
Examples  
switch_prompt # show sscopconfig  
PortNumber(ALL)  
: A1  
Port# MaxPD MaxCC PollTm KpAliveTm NoRespTm CCTm  
===========================================================================  
A1 15 250 1500 15000 1500 256 256  
TxWindowSz RxWindowSz  
5
switch_prompt # show sscopconfig /d  
PortNumber(ALL)  
:
Port# MaxPD MaxCC PollTm KpAliveTm NoRespTm CCTm  
TxWindowSz RxWindowSz  
===========================================================================  
A1  
A2  
A3  
A4  
B1  
B2  
B3  
B4  
15  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
5
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
250  
500  
500  
500  
500  
500  
500  
500  
1500  
1000  
1000  
1000  
1000  
1000  
1000  
1000  
15000  
30000  
30000  
30000  
30000  
30000  
30000  
30000  
1500  
1000  
1000  
1000  
1000  
1000  
1000  
1000  
256  
256  
256  
256  
256  
256  
256  
256  
256  
256  
256  
256  
256  
256  
256  
256  
switch_prompt #  
2-176 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
SVC  
Use SVC (switched virtual circuit) to see the SVCs created on the switch.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operator  
show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[PortNumber]  
Port number on the switch.  
ALL, A1...A4,  
B1...B3, C1...C4,  
D1...D4  
ALL  
[CrossConnId]  
Chronological sequential index marker of the  
circuits. All point-to-multipoint (PMP)  
cross-connect IDs of the same low port have the  
same cross-connect ID.  
1,2,3,4.../  
n/a  
In the Output Parameter table below, (</d>) appears next to parameters that are available only through the show svc  
/d(detailed) command. When (</s>) (summarized) appears next to a parameter, it means that this parameter is  
displayed in both the summarized and the detailed tables.  
Output Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
[ConnId] (</s>)  
Same as [CrossConnId] input parameter  
1,2,3,4.../  
n/a  
[Conn SubId] (</s>)  
[Traffic Type] (</s>)  
Id of the leaf in PMP connection. If you do not specify a sub 1,2,3,4.../  
ID, all leaves of a PMP connection identified by the  
cross-connect ID will be deleted.  
n/a  
Traffic type of the descriptor.  
CBR, NRTVBR,  
RTVBR, UBR  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-177  
 
Console Commands  
Output Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
PMP, PTP  
[ConnType] (</s>)  
Either PMP to PTP connection type.  
[LowPort] (</s>)  
[LowVPI] (</s>)  
[LowVCI] (</s>)  
[HighPort] (</s>)  
[HighVPI] (</s>)  
[HighVCI] (</s>)  
These parameters are available in the show svc /s option, as See Input Parameter  
well as those listed above. See Input Parameter table above table  
for descriptions.  
[AdminStatus] (</s>)  
[L2HOpStatus] (</d>)  
Status of the VC. It can be modified by the Administrator. UP, DOWN  
Status of the forward connection. Status is from the  
low-to-high VCL (virtual channel link), the connection  
between host and switch.  
UP, DOWN  
[H2LOpStatus] (</d>)  
Status of the backward connections. Status is from the  
high-to-low VCL, the connection between host at switch.  
UP, DOWN  
[L2HLastChange(Time in Time stamp of the last change in operation status of the  
1/100 second  
1/100 second since last  
forward traffic connection.  
reboot)] (</d>)  
[H2LLastChange)(Time in Time stamp of the last changed in operation status of the  
1/100 second  
1/100 second since last  
backward connections.  
reboot)] (</d>)  
[FwdTrafficType] (</d>)  
Traffic type of this forward cross-connect.  
CBR, NRTVBR,  
RTVBR, UBR  
[FwdBandwidthAllocated Forward bandwidth allocated to this cross-connect, as  
Kb/s/  
in Kb/s] (</d>)  
calculated by CAC.  
0-622000  
[FwdPriorityQueue]  
(</d>)  
Forward priority of the internal queue of this cross-connect, HIGH,  
as calculated by CAC. MEDIUM-HIGH,  
MEDIUM-LOW, LOW  
[FwdEarlyPacketDiscard  
(for Lower...)] (</d>)  
Forward EPD of this cross-connect, as calculated by CAC Enabled, Disabled  
for the low threshold of congestion.  
[FwdEarlyPacketDiscard  
(for Higher...)] (</d>)  
Forward EPD of this cross-connect, as calculated by CAC Enabled, Disabled  
for the high threshold of congestion.  
2-178 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Output Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
[FwdRMCellPriority]  
(</d>)  
Forward RM (resource management) cell priority for this Enabled, Disabled  
cross-connect, as calculated by CAC.  
Fwd Cell Loss Priority  
(CLP)] (</d>)  
Forward bandwidth allocated to this cross-connect, as  
calculated by CAC.  
Enabled, Disabled  
[Number of Cells received Number of cells received the forward direction of this  
0,1,2,3,4.../  
n/a  
in the Fwd Direction]  
cross-connect.  
(</d>)  
[Number of Cells dropped Number of cells dropped in the forward direction of this  
0,1,2,3,4.../  
n/a  
in the Fwd Direction]  
cross-connect.  
(</d>)  
[Number of EPD Packets  
dropped in the Fwd  
Direction] (</d>)  
Number of EPD packetsdropped in the forward direction of 0,1,2,3,4.../  
this cross-connect.  
n/a  
[Backward Traffic Type]  
(</d>)  
Traffic type of this backward cross-connect.  
Backward bandwidth allocated to this cross-connect, as  
CBR, NRTVBR,  
RTVBR, UBR  
[Backward Bandwidth  
Kb/s/  
Allocated in KB/s] (</d>) calculated by CAC.  
0-622000  
[Backward Priority Queue] Backward priority of the internal queue of this  
HIGH,  
(</d>)  
cross-connect, as calculated by CAC.  
MEDIUM-HIGH,  
MEDIUM-LOW, LOW  
[Bkwd Early Packet  
Discard (For Lower...)]  
(</d>)  
Backward EPDof this cross-connect, as calculated by CAC Enabled, Disabled  
for the low threshold of congestion.  
[Bkwd Early Packet  
Discard (For Higher...)]  
(</d>)  
Backward EPDof this cross-connect, as calculated by CAC Enabled, Disabled  
for the high threshold of congestion.  
[Backward RM Cell  
Priority] (</d>)  
Backward RM cell priority for this cross-connect, as  
calculated by CAC.  
Enabled, Disabled  
Enabled, Disabled  
[Backward Cell Loss  
Priority (CLP)] (</d>)  
Backward CLP for this cross-connect, as calculated by  
CAC.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-179  
 
Console Commands  
Output Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
[Number of Cells Received Number of cells received in the backward direction of this 0, 1, 2, 3, 4.../  
in the Bkwd Direction]  
cross-connect.  
n/a  
(</d>)  
[Number of Cells Dropped Number of cells dropped in the backward direction of this 0, 1, 2, 3, 4.../  
in the Bkwd Direction]  
cross-connect.  
n/a  
(</d>)  
[Number of EPD Packets  
Droppedin the Bkwd  
Direction] (</d>)  
Number of EPD packets dropped in the forward direction 0, 1, 2, 3, 4.../  
of this cross-connect. n/a  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
showsvc (/s| [PortNumber] <portnumber>  
Displays SVCs configured for all ports or a specified port.  
The cross-connect ID is a unique number generated for every  
SVC. PMP SVCs have only one cross-connect ID, though  
they might have several legs. All cell statistics are updated  
every 40 seconds, which is the maximum time for holding  
these counters without overflowing them.  
/d)  
[CrossConId <crossconnectid>  
All  
Examples  
The following examples show a summarized and detailed listing of an SVC.  
Summarized Report (</s>)  
switch_prompt # show svc /s  
PortNumber(ALL)  
CrossConnectId(ALL)  
:
:
Conn Conn  
Id SubId Type  
Traffic Conn  
Type Port  
Low  
High  
Admin  
Status  
VPI/VCI  
Port  
VPI/VCI  
============================================================================  
4654  
4655  
4656  
61 UBR  
63 UBR  
65 UBR  
PTP  
PTP  
PMP  
B4(CPU)  
B4(CPU)  
B4(CPU)  
0/52  
0/54  
0/56  
B4(CPU)  
B4(CPU)  
B4(CPU)  
0/53  
0/55  
0/57  
UP  
UP  
UP  
switch_prompt #  
2-180 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Detailed Report ( </d> )  
switch_prompt # show svc /d  
PortNumber(ALL)  
CrossConnectId(ALL)  
:
:
Show cross-connection in Detailed Mode  
============================================================================  
cross-connect Id  
Connection Type  
Low Port  
: 4654  
: PTP  
: B4(CPU)  
: 0  
Low VPI  
Low VCI  
: 52  
High Port  
High VPI  
: B4(CPU)  
: 0  
High VCI  
: 53  
Administrative Status  
Low to High Operational Status  
High to Low Operational Status  
: UP  
: UP  
: UP  
Low to High Last Change(In 100ths of a sec since last reboot): 1117917  
High to Low Last Change(In 100ths of a sec since last reboot): 1117917  
Forward Traffic Type  
Forward Bandwidth Allocated in Kb/s  
Forward Priority Queue  
: UBR  
: 28  
: LOW  
Fwd Early Packet Discard(For Lower Threshold of Congestion) : Enabled  
Fwd Early Packet Discard(For Higher Threshold of Congestion) : Disabled  
Forward RM Cell Priority  
Forward Cell Los Priority(CLP)  
: Disabled  
: Enabled  
: 6  
: 0  
: 0  
: UBR  
: 28  
: LOW  
Number of Cells Received in the Fwd Direction  
Number of Cells Dropped in the Fwd Direction  
Number of Epd Packets Dropped in the Fwd Direction  
Backward Traffic Type  
Backward Bandwidth Allocated in Kb/s  
Backward Priority Queue  
Bkwd Early Packet Discard(For Lower Threshold of Congestion) : Enabled  
Bkwd Early Packet Discard(For Higher Threshold of Congestion): Disabled  
Backward RM Cell Priority  
Backward Cell Los Priority(CLP)  
Number of Cells Received in the Bkwd Direction  
Number of Cells Dropped in the Bkwd Direction  
Number of Epd Packets Dropped in the Bkwd Direction  
switch_prompt #  
: Disabled  
: Enabled  
: 6  
: 0  
: 0  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-181  
 
Console Commands  
Switch  
Use Switch to backup and restore switch configuration files.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
backup, restore  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[ServerIP]  
IP address of the backup server.  
dot decimal/  
NONE  
7-15 characters  
[Path]  
Pathname of the backup directory. 256 characters  
backup: public/smartcell.ztr  
(initially, then last path used)  
restore: public/smartcell.ztr  
(initially, then last path used)  
2-182 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
 
Console Commands  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
backup  
switch  
[ServerIP] <serverip>  
[Path]  
</back_dir/backup_file>  
Backs up the configuration of the switch to an end station. This  
command backs up the switch configuration only. It does not  
back up the load image. It will prompt you for the IP address of  
the workstation to which you are saving the switch  
Administrator  
configuration as well as the backup path and filename. The end  
station must have TFTP Server software running in order to  
transfer files from the switch. If you have previously entered  
backup switch, these values appear as the parameter defaults for  
[ServerIP] and [Path]. The default is the name of the switch—  
smartcell. If you change the switch name using modify  
switchname,the backup filenames are automatically adjusted  
to reflect this new switch name.  
You can back up directly to the /tftpboot directory or create a  
subdirectory under /tftpboot (for example, /back_dir). However,  
your backup file must exist under the /tftpboot directory or the  
sub-directory on the target end station. The backup file can be  
created with any name. Both the directory and file must have  
appropriate read and write permissions to complete the backup  
successfully.  
restore  
switch  
[ServerIP] <serverip>  
[Path]  
</back_dir/backup_file>  
Restores the switch configuration from a prior backup. It  
requires an IP address, as well as the file name. As with backup  
switch, this command also requires TFTP protocol. The switch  
must be rebooted after restore switchfor the new  
configuration to take effect.  
Administrator  
Examples  
switch_prompt # backup switch  
ServerIP(1.1.1.200)  
: 1.1.1.200  
Path(public/smartcell.ztr)  
switch_prompt #  
: /back_dir/cnfg_wk04  
switch_prompt # restore switch  
ServerIP()  
: 1.1.1.200  
Path(/back_dir/cnfg_wk04)  
Backup file is valid.  
:
Restoring a backup file will completely replace any data stored in the flash.  
Are you sure this is what you want to do?  
Confirm(y/n)?: y  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-183  
 
Console Commands  
SwitchConfig  
Use SwitchConfig (switch configuration) to manage switch-related parameters, like switchname and IP address.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
modify, show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
[SwitchName]  
[IPAddress]  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
switch_1  
1.1.1.200  
Name of the switch.  
1-19 characters  
IP address of Ethernet port on the switch. dot decimal/  
7-15 characters  
[IPNetMask]  
IP netmask of the client. Defaults to the dot decimal/  
appropriate netmask, based on IP address 7-15 characters  
class. Calculated from the first two high  
255.0.0.0,  
255.255.0.0 or  
255.255.255.0  
bits of the IP address. Must be specified  
only if IP subnets are being used.  
Output Parameter  
[CPU Model]  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Up to 7 characters  
25 (CA) - 33 (CF) MHz  
1 character  
Model of the i960 CPU.  
Speed of the CPU.  
[CPUSpeed]  
[CPU Board ID]  
Hardware version level of the CPU  
board.  
[Secondary Flash Type] Type of secondary flash.  
[CPU DRAM] CPU DRAM memory size.  
ASYNCHRONOUS, SYNCHRONOUS  
megabytes/Up to 4 characters  
2-184 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Output Parameter  
[Common DRAM]  
[SAR Control SRAM]  
Power Mode  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Common DRAM memory size.  
SAR control memory size.  
megabytes/Up to 4 characters  
kilobytes/Up to 5 characters  
Redundant, Non-Redundant  
Type of power modules used by the  
switch  
[Number of Switch  
Boards]  
Number of switch boards on the system. 1, 2  
[Switch Board 1 ID]  
[Switch Board 2 ID]  
[Cell Memory Size]  
Revision number of Board 1.  
Revision number of Board 2.  
Total cell buffer size.  
kilobytes/1-16  
kilobytes/1-16  
bytes  
[Number of Quad  
Boards]  
Number of quad boards on the system.  
1, 2, 3, 4.../  
n/a  
[Number of Ports]  
[Quad Board Type]  
[IP Address]  
Number of installed ports, less CPU (for 1, 2, 3, 4.../  
example, if 8 ports are installed, 7 ports n/a  
are listed). One port (B4) is reserved for  
CPU.  
Bandwidth of ports on each installed I/O 155 Mbps, 622 Mbps  
module. Bandwidth used to distinguish  
between four port (155 Mbps) and single  
port boards (622 Mbps).  
IP address of the switch.  
0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255  
00:20:d4:XX:XX:XX  
[MAC Address (Base)] Base MAC (media access control)  
address for the board. There are 128  
addresses, starting at this base address.  
The first is used for the Ethernet port.  
The ATM stack uses all the addresses  
(including the first).  
[Switch Software Type] Type of switch software package.  
SVC, Server  
X.X  
[Software Version]  
[Build Number]  
Version of the software.  
The build number for this version of  
switch software.  
XX  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-185  
 
Console Commands  
Output Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
[Build Date]  
The date which the code was loaded on day/month/date/ hr:min:sec year  
the switch.  
[Software Image Size]  
Binary image size.  
bytes  
[Heap Space  
Used/Total/%Free]  
Total heap space used, total memory  
allocated to heap, and percent of free  
memory.  
bytes/bytes/%  
2-186 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
modify  
switchconfig  
[SwitchName] <switchname>  
[IPAddress] <ipaddress>  
[IPNetMask] <ipnetmask>  
Runs automatically when you first configure the switch, then  
prompts you for the required input. Enter modify  
switchconfigif you want to change any of the above  
parameters after the initial switch configuration. Unless you  
are experienced with configuring IP subnets, it is  
Administrator  
recommended that you accept the IP netmask default.  
show  
switchconfig  
All  
Displays hardware and software configuration information  
about the switch. It also includes auto-detect hardware  
configuration information, such as number of switch boards  
and memory, and software information such as the type and  
version. Any future hardware or software changes will be  
detected automatically when the switch is rebooted.  
Examples  
switch_prompt # modify switchconfig  
SwitchName(switch_1)  
: switch_2  
IPAddress(200.30.72.122)  
IPNetMask(255.255.255.0)  
switch_prompt #  
: 1.1.1.202  
: 255.255.255.128  
switch_prompt # show switchconfig  
Switch Configuration  
==============================================================================  
Switch Name  
CPU Model  
CPU Speed  
CPU Board ID  
:switch 1  
: i960 CX  
: 33 MHz  
: 2  
Secondary Flash Type  
CPU DRAM  
: Asynchronous  
: 8 MB  
Common DRAM  
: 8 MB  
SAR Control SRAM  
Power Mode  
: 128 KB  
: Non-Redundant  
: 1  
Number of Switch Boards  
Switch Board 1 ID  
Cell Memory Size  
Switch Configuration  
Number of Quad Boards  
Number of Ports  
Quad Board A Type  
Quad Board B Type  
IP Address  
MAC Address (Base)  
Switch Software Type  
Software Version  
Build Number  
: 5  
: 32768 cells  
: 2  
: 4  
: 622 MBps  
: 155 MBps  
: 204.95.77.254  
: 00:20:D4:14:41:80  
: Server  
: 1.2RQA  
: 9  
Build Date  
: Tue Sep 23 16:39:36 PDT 1997  
: 2676256 bytes  
: 2473888/5712288/56.69%  
Software Image Size  
Heap Space (Used/Total/%Free)  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-187  
 
Console Commands  
SwitchName  
Use SwitchName to change the name of the switch.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operator  
modify  
Parameter  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[SwitchName]  
Current name of the switch.  
Up to 19 characters  
switch_1  
Description  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
modify  
switchname  
[SwitchName] <newswitchname>  
Changes the name you gave your switch. You can also change  
switchname using modify switchconfigon page 2-186 if  
you want to change other switch features at the same time.  
Administrator  
Example  
switch_prompt # modify switchname  
SwitchName(switch_1): switch_2  
Confirm(y/n)?: y  
switch_prompt #  
2-188 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
SwitchTrafficCongestion  
Use SwitchTrafficCongestion to manage global switch traffic congestion thresholds on the switch.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
modify, show  
Parameters  
Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[Queue # EFCI Threshold]  
Threshold used to trigger EFCI  
(explicit forward congestion  
indicator) cell marking in the  
switch for the specified priority  
queue (where “#” is 1, 2, 3, or 4).  
1, 2, 3, 4.../  
n/a  
16383  
[Low EPD Watermark/Threshold]  
Threshold (in cells) used by the 1, 2, 3, 4.../  
switch to trigger low EPD (early n/a  
packet discard), EFCI, and  
5461  
backward RM (resource  
management) cell marking.  
[High EPD Watermark/Threshold]  
[Switch Discard Threshold]  
Threshold (in cells) the switch  
uses to trigger high EPD.  
0-16951  
7551  
n/a  
Threshold the switch uses to  
discard cells when the memory  
buffer is full.  
1, 2, 3, 4.../  
n/a  
[RM Cell Marking Enable]  
[EFCI Marking Enable]  
Indicates whether RM cell  
marking is enabled across the  
switch.  
OFF (disable) or  
ON (enable)  
ON  
ON  
Indicates whether the EFCI cell is OFF (disable) or  
enabled on the switch. ON (enable)  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-189  
 
Console Commands  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Descriptions  
modify  
switchtrafficcongestion  
[Queue#EFCIThreshold]  
<queue#efcithreshold>  
[LowEPDWatermark]  
Modifies the congestion control parameters for  
the switch. For example, the EFCI thresholds  
indicate when a threshold is exceeded; the  
switch discard threshold discards cells when the  
memory buffer is full. 1 enables the parameters  
[RMCellMarkingEnable] and  
<lowepdwatermark>  
[HighEPDWatermark]  
<highepdwatermark>  
[RMCellMarkingEnable]  
<rmcellmarkingenable>  
[EFCIMarkingEnable]  
<efcimarkingenable>  
[EFCIMarkingEnable]. 0 disables them.  
Administrator  
All  
show  
Displays the current traffic congestion settings  
for the switch.  
switchtrafficcongestion  
Examples  
switch_prompt # modify switchtrafficcongestion  
Queue1EFCIThreshold(16383)  
Queue2EFCIThreshold(16383)  
Queue3EFCIThreshold(16383)  
Queue4EFCIThreshold(16383)  
LowEPDWatermark(7552)  
HighEPDWatermark(7552)  
RMCellMarkingEnable(0)  
EFCIMarkingEnable(0)  
: 2000  
: 2000  
: 2000  
: 2000  
: 4000  
: 8000  
: 1  
: 1  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show switchtrafficcongestion  
Switch Traffic Congestion Parameters  
===========================================================================  
Queue 1 EFCI Threshold (cells)  
Queue 2 EFCI Threshold (cells)  
Queue 3 EFCI Threshold (cells)  
Queue 4 EFCI Threshold (cells)  
Low EPD Threshold (cells)  
: 16383  
: 16383  
: 16383  
: 16383  
: 7551  
High EPD Threshold (cells)  
: 7551  
Switch Discard Threshold (cells) : 15103  
RM Cell Marking Enable  
EFCI Enable  
: 0  
: 0  
switch_prompt #  
2-190 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
TrafficDescriptor  
Use TrafficDescriptor to manage the templates that describe traffic characteristics of a VC (virtual circuit) that are used  
in the creation of PVCs (permanent virtual circuits. A traffic descriptor is a list of parameters that specify the  
characteristics of a PVC ATM connection. Each descriptor is defined from a specific combination of parameters.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
add, delete, show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[Traffic Type]  
Traffic class type.  
CBR, NRTVBR,  
RTVBR, UBR  
UBR  
[TrafficDescriptorType] Numerical description of traffic class, which  
integrates predefined values for three traffic  
descriptor variables—end-to-end timing  
1-8  
8
requirements, traffic type, and broadband bearer  
class. See table “Traffic Descriptor Defining Entry  
Combinations” for full details.  
[TrafficDescriptorIndex] Traffic descriptor index number for deletion.  
1-20  
1
0
[PCRCLP01]  
PCR (peak cell rate) of cells with their CLP (cell Kb/s/  
loss priority) bit is equal to one. Specifies the  
maximum rate at which cells can be transmitted  
over a VC.  
0-622000  
[PCRCLP0]  
PCR of cells with their CLP bit is equal to zero.  
Specifies the maximum rate at which cells can be 0-622000  
transmitted over a VC.  
Kb/s/  
0
0
[SCRCLP01]  
SCR (sustainable cell rate) of cells with their CLP Kb/s/  
bit is equal to one. Specifies maximum average  
rate at which cells can be sent over a VC.  
0-622000  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-191  
 
Console Commands  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[SCRCLP0]  
Specifies maximum average rate at which cells  
Kb/s/  
0
can be sent over a VC. SCR of cells with their CLP 0-622000  
bit equals zero.  
[MBSCLP01]  
[MBSCLP0]  
[QOSClass]  
[AALType]  
MBS (maximum burst size) of cells with their  
CLP set to one. Specifies the maximum number of 0-622000  
cells that can be transmitted at the peak rate.  
Kb/s/  
0
0
1
5
MBS of cells with their CLP set to zero. Specifies Kb/s/  
the maximum number of cells that can be  
transmitted at the peak rate.  
0-622000  
Quality of service. Requested level of service for 1-4/  
bandwidth and resources assigned to the  
connection.  
1= high, 4 = low  
AAL (ATM adaptation layer) protocol to be used 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 16  
on the connection defined by the traffic descriptor.  
Output Parameter  
[TD#]  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
1 or more  
SVC, PVC  
Traffic descriptor sequential index number.  
Type of VC (virtual channel).  
[VC Type]  
2-192 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
add  
[TrafficType] <type>  
Creates both forward and backward PVC traffic  
descriptors.  
trafficdescriptor [TrafficDescriptorType]  
<descrtype>  
[TrafficDescriptorIndex]  
<descrindex>  
[PCRCLP01] <pcrclp01>  
[PCRCLP0] <pcrclp0>  
[SCRCLP01] <scrclp01>  
[SCRCLP0] <scrclp0>  
[MBSCLP01] <mbsclp01>  
[MBSCLP0] <mbsclp0>  
[QOSClass] <qosclass>  
[AALType] <aaltype>  
Administrator  
delete  
[TrafficDescriptorType]  
Removes a traffic descriptor from the traffic descriptor  
table. Enter show trafficdescriptor before this command  
to obtain the traffic descriptor index number.  
trafficdescriptor <descrtype>  
Administrator  
show  
All  
Lists existing traffic descriptors and the current values of  
their parameters. To use a particular traffic descriptor,  
note the traffic descriptor index number and enter the  
index number when adding a PVC. See the table “Traffic  
Descriptor Defining Entry Combinations” on page  
2-188, which summarizes all possible entry variables that  
can be used to define traffic parameters.  
trafficdescriptor  
Examples  
The following example creates a traffic descriptor of type 4. After the traffic descriptor is created, it is listed in a table  
and associated with an index number. Although the index numbers are defined sequentially, they are only a counter of  
how many traffic descriptors have ever been defined. The numbers are historically ordered, so that if five traffic  
descriptors are defined and then the fourth one, with the index number of 4 is deleted, the remaining traffic descriptors  
remain indexed with the original numbers of 1, 2, 3, and 5.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-193  
 
Console Commands  
switch_prompt # add trafficdescriptor  
TrafficType(UBR)  
TrafficDescriptorType(8)  
PCRCLP01(0)  
: cbr  
: 4  
: 180  
PCRCLP0(0)  
: 155  
SCRCLP01(0)  
:
SCRCLP0(0)  
:
MBSCLP01(0)  
:
MBSCLP0(0)  
:
QOSClass(1)  
:
AALType(5)  
: 1  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # delete trafficdescriptor  
TrafficDescriptorIndex :(0): 4  
Confirm? (y/n): y  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show trafficdescriptor  
TD# Traffic Desc QoS Peak Cell Rate Sust Cell Rate Max Burst Size AalType VC  
Type Type (Kb/s) (Kb/s) (Kb) Type  
CLP_0 CLP_0+1 CLP_0 CLP_0+1 CLP_0 CLP_0+1  
============================================================================  
1 UBR  
2 NRTVBR  
3 UBR  
8
2
8
8
4
1
1
1
0
0
0
0
34  
1372  
12345  
123456  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
5
5
5
PVC  
PVC  
PVC  
PVC  
5 UBR  
switch_prompt #  
Table 2-4 Traffic Descriptor Defining Entry Combinations  
Traffic  
Descriptor  
Number and Types  
Description  
Valid  
Traffic  
Valid  
Parameters  
Tagging  
Congestion  
Management  
Action  
Possible AAL Types  
2 - No CLP or CBR,  
pcrclp01  
pcrclp0,  
x
0
All non-compliant  
cells dropped.  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 16  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 16  
SCR.  
NRTVBR,  
RTVBR  
3 - With CLP,  
CBR,  
Evaluates cells set  
but no Tagging NRTVBR, pcrclp01  
or SCR. RTVBR  
with CLP=1 and cells  
set with CLP=0  
separately. Because  
tag option is not set, all  
non-compliant cells in  
both groups are  
dropped.  
2-194 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Table 2-4 Traffic Descriptor Defining Entry Combinations (Continued)  
Traffic  
Descriptor  
Number and Types  
Description  
Valid  
Traffic  
Valid  
Parameters  
Tagging  
Congestion  
Management  
Action  
Possible AAL Types  
4 -With CLP  
and Tagging,  
but no SCR.  
CBR,  
NRTVBR, pcrclp01  
RTVBR  
pcrclp0,  
1
Evaluates cells set  
with CLP=1 and cells  
set with CLP=0  
separately. Because  
tag option is set,  
non-compliant  
CLP=0 cells are  
tagged and  
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 16  
non-compliant  
CLP=1 cells are  
dropped.  
5 -With SCR,  
but no CLP.  
NRTVBR, pcrclp01,  
x
0
All non-compliant  
cells dropped. SCR for  
CLP=0 is guaranteed.  
2, 3, 4, 5, 16  
2, 3, 4, 5, 16  
RTVBR  
scrclp01,  
mbsclp01  
6 -With CLP  
and SCR, but  
no Tagging.  
NRTVBR, pcrclp01,  
Evaluates cells set  
with CLP=1 and cells  
set with CLP=0  
RTVBR  
scrclp01,  
mbsclp01  
separately. Because  
tag option is not set, all  
non-compliant cells in  
both groups are  
dropped. SCR for  
CLP=0 is guaranteed.  
7 -With CLP,  
Tagging and  
SCR.  
NRTVBR, pcrclp01,  
1
Assesses PCR, SCR  
and MBS of both  
CLP=0 and CLP=1  
cells. Because the tag  
option is set,  
2, 3, 4, 5, 16  
RTVBR  
scrclp01,  
mbsclp01  
non-compliant  
CLP=0 cells are  
tagged, and  
non-compliant  
CLP=1 cells are  
dropped.  
8 - With CLP  
and Best Effort.  
UBR  
pcrclp01  
x
Best effort traffic  
descriptor with no  
guarantees.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-195  
 
Console Commands  
2-196 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
TrapCommunity  
Use TrapCommunity to manage the list of hosts that the switch sends trap notifications to concerning significant  
events. Each trap community has a name, IP address, and port number. The trap community name and address  
combination must be unique.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
add, delete, show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
[Name]  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
n/a  
Name of trap community.  
64 characters  
[IPAddr]  
IP address of the host to which a trap is to be  
sent.  
dot decimal/  
15 characters  
n/a  
[Port]  
Host port number to which the trap should be  
sent.  
0-65535  
162  
Output Parameter  
Description  
[TrapCommunityName]  
Same as [Name] Input Parameter.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-197  
 
Console Commands  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Descriptions  
add  
[Name] <name>  
Creates a trap community entry on the switch.  
trapcommunity [IPAddr] <ipaddress>  
[Port] <portnumber>  
Administrator  
delete  
[Name] <name>  
Removes an existing trap community from the switch.  
Displays all trap communities configured on the switch.  
trapcommunity [IPAddr] <ipaddress>  
Administrator  
show  
trapcommunity  
All  
Examples  
switch_prompt # add trapcommunity  
Name()  
: boris  
IpAddr()  
Port (162)  
switch_prompt #  
: 204.95.77.148  
: 100  
switch_prompt # show trapcommunity  
TrapCommunity Name  
IP Address  
Port  
===========================================================================  
trapcomm  
boris  
204.95.77.147  
204.95.77.148  
162  
100  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # delete trapcommunity  
Name()  
: boris  
IpAddr()  
: 204.95.77.148  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show trapcommunity  
TrapCommunity Name  
IP Address  
Port  
===========================================================================  
trapcomm  
204.95.77.147  
162  
switch_prompt #  
2-198 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
TrustedNMS  
Use TrustedNMS (trusted network management system) to configure a “trusted network management system” on the  
switch. The trusted NMS is identified by its IP address. Only the trusted network management system is allowed to  
perform critical operations such as:  
Backup or restore a switch configuration  
Add trap destinations for another NMS  
Download switch software images  
When SNMP is used, the IP address of the requesting station is checked against the trusted NMS address as a method  
of switch security. There can be only one trusted NMS configured on a switch.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
modify, show  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-199  
 
Console Commands  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[IPAddr]  
IP address of the authorized NMS.  
dot decimal/15  
characters  
0.0.0.0  
Output Parameter  
Description  
[Trusted NMS IP-Address] Same as [IPAddr] Input Parameter.  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
modify  
trustednms  
[IPAddr] <ipaddr>  
Configures the switch to treat a particular host IP address as a  
trusted NMS.  
Administrator  
show  
trustednms  
All  
Displays the currently configured IP address of the host that  
is treated as the trusted NMS. If trusted NMS is not  
configured, it will display 0.0.0.0.  
Examples  
switch_prompt # modify trustednms  
IpAddr()  
: 90.1.1.1  
Trusted NMS IP-Address : 90.1.1.1  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show trustednms  
Trusted NMS IP-Address : 90.1.1.  
switch_prompt #  
2-200 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
UNIRoute  
Use UNIRoute (user-network interface route) to manage UNI routes and UNI routing tables. The routes are static using  
this command, compared to the dynamic UNI routes created through ILMI registration.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
add, delete, show, flush  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[PortNumber]  
Port number on the switch.  
ALL, A1...A4, B1...B3,  
C1...C4, D1...D4  
ALL  
[UNIATMAddress]  
ATM address for the UNI route.  
13-20 byte hex-based/  
Up to 59 characters  
NONE  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
add  
uniroute  
[PortNumber] <portnumber>  
[UNIATMAddress]  
<uniatmaddress>  
Creates a UNI route. More than one UNI ATM address can be  
assigned per port. When adding a UNI ATM address to a port,  
the switch provides a default value for the net prefix. You can  
accept the default, or you can list the net prefixes (see show  
netprefix) and construct a valid ATM address by using one  
of the net prefixes displayed.  
Administrator  
delete  
uniroute  
[PortNumber] <portnumber>  
[UNIATMAddress]  
<uniatmaddress>  
Removes a UNI ATM address from the specified port. Only  
static routes (routes added with the console) are removed. To  
remove all routes, use flush uniroute.  
Administrator  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-201  
 
Console Commands  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
show  
uniroute  
[PortNumber] <portnumber>  
[UNIATMAddress]  
<uniatmaddress>  
Displays the UNI ATM addresses for the specified port and  
specifies whether they are static or dynamic.  
All  
flush  
uniroute  
[PortNumber] <portnumber>  
[UNIATMAddress]  
<uniatmaddress>  
Flushes all (static and dynamic) UNI routes (ATM addresses)  
for the specified port. To flush all UNI routes for all ports,  
enter allat the port number prompt. Enter show uniroute  
before this command to display information you will need as  
input. Enter it again to confirm that the flush was successful.  
Administrator  
Examples  
switch_prompt # add uniroute  
PortNumber(A1) : a3  
UNIATMAddress():39:00:00:00:00:00:00:11:22:33:44:55:66:11:22:33:44:55:66:01  
switch_prompt # add uniroute  
PortNumber(A1) : a3  
UNIATMAddress():39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:d4:14:15:00:11:22:33:04:05:06:02  
switch_prompt # add uniroute  
PortNumber(A1) : a3  
UNIATMAddress():39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:d4:14:15:00:11:22:33:04:05:06:03  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # delete uniroute  
PortNumber(A1) : a3  
UNIATMAddress() :39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:99:00:11:22:33:11:22:33:04:05:06:02  
Deleting Static Route.  
Confirm(y/n)?: y  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show uniroute  
PortNumber(ALL)  
:a3  
Port#  
RouteType  
Atm Address  
===========================================================================  
A3  
A3  
STATIC  
STATIC  
39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:d4:14:15:00:11:22:33:04:05:06:01  
39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:d4:14:15:00:11:22:33:04:05:06:03  
switch_prompt #  
2-202 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
The following example shows the uniroute listing, before and after all ports are flushed:  
switch_prompt # show uniroute  
PortNumber(ALL):  
Port#  
RouteType  
Atm Address  
===========================================================================  
A1  
A3  
A3  
STATIC  
STATIC  
STATIC  
39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:d4:14:15:00:11:22:33:44:55:66:01  
39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:d4:14:15:00:11:22:33:04:05:06:01  
39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:d4:14:15:00:11:22:33:04:05:06:03  
switch_prompt # flush uniroute  
PortNumber(A1)  
: a1  
Confirm(y/n)?: y  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show uniroute  
PortNumber(ALL)  
:
Port#  
RouteType  
Atm Address  
===========================================================================  
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-203  
 
Console Commands  
VCCMask  
Use VCCMask (virtual channel connection mask) to manage the combination of VPI (virtual path identifier) bit and  
VCI (virtual channel identifier) bit settings. There are only four different VCC mask entries allowed by the switch and  
the VPI and VCI shift must total 12.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
modify, show  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
[MaskIndex]  
[VpiShift]  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
Index of mask to be changed.  
0-3  
0
0
Current number of bits assigned for use by the  
VPI, for each of the four mask indexes.  
0-12  
[VciShift]  
Current number of bits assigned for use by the  
VCI, for each of the four mask indexes.  
0-12  
12  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
modify  
vccmask  
[MaskIndex] <maskindex>  
[VpiShift] <vpishift>  
[VciShift] <vcishift>  
Modifies the proportion of bits assigned to the VPI and VCI  
for a given VCC or VPI/VCI set. The combined total of VPI  
and VCI bits must equal 12. The four most common VCC  
masks are predefined in the system (see modify portconfig  
). When modifying a VPI/VCI set, you must specify the VCC  
mask by using the mask index identifier. If you modify a  
specific mask index, for example a VPI/VCI set is modified  
from 6/6 to 7/5, you will modify occurrences of the 6/6  
configuration on all ports, as only four different VCC masks  
configurations can exist at any one time.  
Administrator  
2-204 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
All  
Description  
show  
vccmask  
Displays the four VPI/VCI sets currently defined in the  
system as VCC masks.  
Examples  
switch_prompt # modify vccmask  
MaskIndex(0)  
VPIShift(0)  
: 0  
: 3  
: 9  
VCIShift(12)  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show vccmask  
MaskIndex  
VpiShift  
VciShift  
(In bits)  
(In bits)  
===========================================================================  
0
1
2
3
0
2
4
6
12  
10  
8
6
switch_prompt #  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-205  
 
Console Commands  
WellKnownAddress  
Use WellKnownAddress to manage the mapping between the ATM forum defined well-known address for the LECS  
(LAN emulation configuration server) and a registered address for another LECS.  
SERVER  
X
SVC  
X
Operators  
add, delete, show, flush  
Parameters  
Input Parameter  
Description  
Value/Field Size  
Default  
[WellKnownAddress]  
ATM address used by a client to  
connect to a server. The first byte  
(AFI byte) must be hex 47. The  
well-known address is an alias for  
the registered address of the server.  
13-20 byte hex-based/ 47:00:79:00:00:00:00:00  
Up to 59 characters  
:00:00:00:00:00:00:A0:3  
E:00:00:01:00  
[RegisteredAddress]  
[WellKnownAddrId]  
ATM address of the server registered 13-20 byte hex-based/ Server ATM Address  
in the network.  
Up to 59 characters  
Unique entry ID generated by the  
1, 2, 3, 4.../  
1
switch for each well-known address n/a  
mapping.  
[RouteType]  
Route type can be either static or  
dynamic.  
ALL, STATIC,  
DYNAMIC  
ALL  
Output Parameter  
[AddressId]  
Description  
Same as [WellKnownAddrId] Input Parameter.  
[AddressType]  
Indicates how address is configured in the system. Static addresses are manually entered.  
Dynamic addresses are registered by ILMI procedures.  
2-206 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Console Commands  
Descriptions  
Operator  
Parameters/Permissions  
Description  
add  
[WellKnownAddress]  
Maps well-known address to the registered address of the  
server. This only can be done one address at a time,  
although you can add multiple well-known addresses. This  
mapping translates incoming call setups using the  
well-known address to the registered address of the server.  
Using a well-known address for the server provides  
location independence for accessing services (such as  
LECS). You are automatically assigned an address ID  
number when entering this command. This ID is useful  
when deleting well-known addresses, because you have to  
type only the ID number and not the whole ATM address.  
wellknownaddress <clientatmaddress>  
[RegisteredAddress]  
<serveratmaddress>  
Administrator  
Specifically for the LECS, you can map the well-known  
LECS address to the registered LECS address manually.  
Once the mapping is set, if the client fails to get the address  
through ILMI (integrated local management interface), it  
tries the well-known address. You can configure the server  
(LECS) anywhere in the network. Some applications  
expect to address packets to the well-known address.  
Clients use the same well-known address, so the location of  
the server does not matter. The AFI byte is set to 47 to  
indicate this is a well-known address.  
delete  
[WellKnownAddrId]  
Deletes the mapping between one well-known address and  
its registered address of an entity (such as LECS). Enter  
show wellknownaddress before entering this command to  
display the ID number to use as input.  
wellknownaddress <addressid>  
Administrator  
show  
All  
Displays the mapping between the well-known address and  
the registered address of an entity (such as LECS). It also  
shows whether the address is dynamic or static. It lists all  
well-known addresses currently active. It is used for  
autodiscovery of the LECS by LANE clients.  
wellknownaddress  
flush  
wellknownaddress  
[RouteType] <routetype>  
Flushes all well-known addresses on the switch. Enter  
flush wellknownaddress with caution because it deletes  
all addresses of the indicated route type within the one  
command. This is the fast method of deleting a set of  
well-known addresses.  
Administrator  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 2-207  
 
Console Commands  
Examples  
switch_prompt # add wellknownaddress  
WellKnownAddress(47:00:79:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:a0:3e:00:00:01:00):  
RegisteredAddress(39:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:20:D4:14:22:80:00:20:D4:14:22:80:01):  
10.20.30.40.50  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show wellknownaddress  
WellKnown Vs Registered Addresses  
===============================================================================  
AddressId  
: 2  
AddressType  
: STATIC  
WellKnownAddr : 47:00:79:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:A0:3E:00:00:01:00  
RegknownAddr : 10:20:30:40:50:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00:00  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # delete wellknownaddress  
WellKnownAddrId(1): 2  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # flush wellknownaddress  
RouteType(ALL) : static  
Confirm(y/n)?: y  
switch_prompt #  
switch_prompt # show wellknownaddress  
WellKnown Vs Registered Addresses=  
==============================================================================  
switch_prompt #  
2-208 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Boot Load Commands  
3 BOOT LOAD COMMANDS  
This chapter describes the low-level boot load commands. Boot load commands are used for setting switch start-up behavior and for  
performing software downloads. Use the boot load commands to:  
Set which copy of the boot load software is the default copy  
Clear all configurations stored within the flash file system  
Check boot load software version numbers  
Load switch software upgrades  
Set whether power on system tests (POST) are run by default  
For detailed information on using the boot load Commands, see your product’s  
SmartCell User Guide.  
The commands described in this section are intended to be used only for loading  
upgrade software or to reinstall software that has become corrupt.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 3-1  
 
Boot Load Commands  
Accessing the Boot Load Commands  
Boot load commands are executed from the boot load prompt. The boot load prompt is not part of the switch console,  
and is accessible only after a reboot and before the switch software is loaded. Perform the following steps to gain access  
to the boot load prompt:  
Connect a terminal (or PC running terminal emulation software) to the RJ-45 terminal port on the  
front of the SmartCell ZX-250.  
Enter the rebootcommand from the terminal.  
Wait for the following message to appear:  
Press any key to exit to boot load prompt..  
07  
Before the countdown reaches zero, press a key to access the boot load prompt. Notice that the boot  
load prompt (=>) differs from the prompt used in the switch console.  
3-2 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Boot Load Commands  
chpi  
Use chpito set one of the two boot load software images as the default. Unless otherwise specified within the initial  
reboot countdown, the default boot load software image is the image that is loaded into DRAM and executed.  
Parameter  
Explanation  
0
Set boot load software image stored in area 0 of the boot  
PROM as the default image.  
1
Set boot load software image stored in area 1 of the boot  
PROM as the default image.  
Example  
Set the boot load software image in boot PROM location 1 as the default image.  
=>chpi 1  
Modifying Default value for Boot Load Software,  
please wait...  
New default Boot Load Software value programmed  
successfully.  
New Default Boot Load Software value: 1  
=>  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 3-3  
 
Boot Load Commands  
clfs  
Use clfsto clear the switch flash file system. The clfscommand clears all VLAN and ELAN configurations, route  
definitions, port settings, and PVC configurations. clfsalso clears all IP addresses, including the IP address for the  
switch Ethernet interface.  
Example  
=>clfs  
Clearing Flash File System, please wait...  
Successfully cleared Flash File System  
=>  
3-4 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Boot Load Commands  
dcfg  
Use dcfgto display information about the current boot PROM configuration  
Revision numbers of both boot load software images  
Display the switch MAC address  
Number (in hexadecimal) of contiguous MAC addresses after the base MAC address  
Show whether POST is on or off  
Example  
=>dcfg  
Default Boot Load Software: 0  
Boot Load Software0 Rev Number =  
Boot Load Software1 Rev Number =  
MAC address: 0 20 d4 14 85 0  
1
1
Number of contiguous MAC addresses, starting at this base: 80  
POST OFF  
=>  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 3-5  
 
Boot Load Commands  
df  
Use df(download firmware) to download software images from a TFTP/Bootp server to the flash RAM of the switch.  
The dfcommand uses three parameters: b, s, and p. These parameters specify which software component to download.  
Parameter  
Explanation  
b
Download boot load image into boot PROM. The boot  
PROM contains two boot load images (one is a backup  
copy). The df bcommand always downloads over the boot  
load image that is not currently running.  
s
Download the switch operating software (PVC, SVC, or  
Server) into flash RAM.  
p
Download POST diagnostics into flash RAM.  
none  
Same as s, downloads switch operating software into flash  
RAM.  
Examples  
=>df s  
You've requested a Switch Software download  
Are you sure?(Y/N)y  
Initializing ethernet...  
Starting Bootp...  
Boot file: c:\tftpboot\switch.ima  
Using TFTP to get bootfile "c:\tftpboot\switch.ima" .  
............................................................................  
............................................................................  
............................................................................  
.............................  
...............................  
............................................................................  
............................................................................  
...............................................  
Validity checks of the Switch Software Downloaded file...  
All Validity checks OK  
Programming downloaded image into Switch Software section, please wait...  
New Switch Software programmed successfully  
=>  
3-6 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Boot Load Commands  
go  
Use the gocommand to exit the boot load prompt and run switch software (with or without POST).  
Parameter  
Explanation  
s
p
Bypass POST and go directly to switch software.  
Run POST, and then run switch software.  
Same as s; bypass POST and go directly to switch software.  
none  
Example  
=>go s  
Verifying Checksum of Secondary Flash...  
Host Name:  
Attaching network interface ei0... done.  
Attaching network interface lo0... done.  
0xe05764e0 (tRootTask): flashFsLib: Initialized  
Initializing Flash File-System  
Initializing System  
Initializing Hardware  
Initializing Alarms, Logging and Tracing  
Initializing Signalling (please wait)  
Initializing ILMI  
Initializing LANE Servers  
NOTICE - 'ZLESSRV' ***** LES started *****  
Initializing LANE & IP/ATM Client  
Initializing Watchdog Timer  
SmartCell ZX Command Console  
SmartCell ZX Version 1.2 (c) Cabletron Systems Inc.  
password:  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 3-7  
 
Boot Load Commands  
he  
Use heto get help on boot load commands or show list of all boot load commands. The question mark (?) can be  
entered in place of he.  
Parameter  
Explanation  
[<command>]  
Explain designated boot load command.  
Show list of all boot load commands.  
none  
Example  
=>he chpi  
chpi [option]  
option: 0 ..changes the Boot Load default to be Boot Load Software0;  
1 ..changes the Boot Load default to be Boot Load Software1  
Changes Boot Load default to be Boot Load Software (0) or (1)  
3-8 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Boot Load Commands  
ponf  
Use ponfto set whether POST diagnostics are run by default when the switch is started.  
Parameter  
Explanation  
s
p
POST is off. Switch goes directly to start-up.  
POST is on. Switch runs POST before going to switch  
operating software.  
none  
Same as s; POST is off.  
Example  
=>ponf p  
Modifying Control/Stat field to execute POST, please wait...  
New postOnOff value programmed successfully into Control/Stat field.  
=>  
ponfdoes not affect the behavior of the gocommand.  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual 3-9  
 
Boot Load Commands  
3-10 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
APPENDIX A ACRONYMS  
A
ATM Adaptation Layer  
AAL  
ATM Adaptation Layer Type 1  
ATM Adapter Layer Type 2  
AAL1  
AAL2  
AAL3/4  
AAL5  
AALM  
ABR  
AFI  
ATM Adapter Layer Type 3/4  
ATM Adapter Layer Type 5  
ATM Adaptation Layer Mux  
Available Bit Rate  
Authority and Format Identifier  
American National Standards Institute  
Application Programming Interface  
Address Resolution Protocol  
American Standard Code for Information Interchange  
Asynchronous Transfer Mode  
ANSI  
API  
ARP  
ASCII  
ATM  
B
Bridged Ethernet  
BE  
Bit Error Ratio (Rate)  
BER  
Broadband Inter-Carrier Interface  
Broadband Integrated Services Digital Network  
Boot Protocol  
B-ICI  
B-ISDN  
BOOTP  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual A-1  
 
Acronyms  
Broadcast and Unknown Server  
BUS  
C
Call Admission Control  
CAC  
Campus Area Network  
CAN  
Category 3 unshielded twisted pair cable  
Category 5 unshielded twisted pair cable  
Constant Bit Rate  
CAT-3  
CAT-5  
CBR  
Comite Consultatif Internationale de Telegraphique et Telephonique  
(Consultative Committee on International Telegraphy and Telephony)  
CCITT  
Current Cell Rate  
CCR  
CDV  
CER  
CES  
CI  
Cell Delay Variation  
Cell Error Ratio  
Circuit Emulation Service  
Congestion Indicator  
Cell Loss Priority  
CLP  
CLR  
CMIP  
COM  
COS  
CPE  
CPU  
CRC  
CRS  
CS  
Cell Loss Ratio  
Common Management Information Protocol  
Communication  
Class of Service  
Customer Premise Equipment  
Central Processing Unit  
Cyclic Redundancy Check  
Cell Relay Service  
Convergence Sublayer  
Cell Transfer Delay  
CTD  
A-2 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Acronyms  
D
Digital Cross Connect, generic DACS or Direct Connect Card, data interface module  
DCC  
DF  
Download Flash  
Digital Signaling 0  
DS-0  
DS-1  
DS-3  
DTE  
DVT  
Digital Signaling 1  
Digital Signaling 3  
Data Terminal Equipment  
Delay Variation Tolerance  
E
European standard for digital transmission service at 2 Mb/s.  
E-1  
E-3  
European standard for digital transmission service at 34.4 Mb/s (transports 16 E1  
circuits)  
Ethernet  
E-NET  
EFCI  
EISA  
ELAN  
EMI  
Explicit Forward Congestion Indicator  
Extended Industry Standard Architecture  
Emulated Local Area Network  
Electro-Magnetic Interference  
Enterprise Network Roundtable  
End of Frame  
ENR  
EOF  
Early Packet Discard  
EPD  
Erasable Programmable Read-Only Memory  
Electro-Static Device  
EPROM  
ESD  
End System Identifier  
ESI  
Expansion Switch Module  
ESM  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual A-3  
 
Acronyms  
F
Frame Check Sequence  
First In First Out  
FCS  
FIFO  
FTP  
File Transfer Protocol  
G
Gigabits per second  
GB/S  
GCRA  
GFC  
Generic Cell Rate Algorithm  
Generic Flow Control  
H
I
Header Error Check  
HEC  
Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers  
Internet Control Message Protocol  
Identification Number  
IEEE  
ICMP  
ID  
Information Element  
IE  
Internet Engineering Task Force  
Interim Inter-Switch Signaling Protocol  
Integrated Local Management Interface  
IETF  
IISP  
ILMI  
A-4 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Acronyms  
Input/Output  
I/O  
Input/Output Module  
IOM  
Internet Protocol  
IP  
Internet Protocol over ATM  
IP/ATM  
IPX  
Internetwork Packet Exchange protocol  
International Telecommunications Union-Telecommunications Standards Sector  
Integrated Service Digital Network  
ITU-TSS  
ISDN  
J
Joint Photographic Experts Group  
JPEG  
KB/S  
K
L
Kilobits per second  
Local Area Network  
LAN  
LAN Emulation  
LANE  
LE  
LAN Emulation  
LAN Emulation-Address Resolution Protocol  
LANE Client  
LE-ARP  
LEC  
LAN Emulation Configuration Server  
LECS  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual A-5  
 
Acronyms  
LAN Emulation Configuration Server Emulated LAN  
LECSELA  
N
LANE Server  
LES  
LANE Server Emulated LAN  
Logical IP Subnetwork  
Logical Link Control  
LESELAN  
LIS  
LLC  
Local Management Interface  
LMI  
M
Media Access Control  
Metropolitan Area Network  
Megabits per second  
Maximum Burst Size  
Minimum Cell Rate  
Management Information Base  
Multi-Mode Fiber  
MAC  
MAN  
MB/S  
MBS  
MCR  
MIB  
MMF  
MP  
Multi-Point  
Main Switch Module  
Maximum Transfer Unit  
MSM  
MTU  
N
Negative Acknowledges  
NAKS  
NDIS  
Network Driver Interface Specification  
A-6 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Acronyms  
NetBIOS Extension User Interface  
Network File System  
NETBEUI  
NFS  
Network Interface Controller/Card  
Natural Language Syntax  
NIC  
NLS  
Network Management System  
Network Node Interface or Network-to-Network Interface  
Non Real Time - Variable Bit Rate  
Non-Return to Zero  
NMS  
NNI  
NRT-VBR  
NRZ  
Network Services Access Point  
NSAP  
O
Operations and Maintenance  
Operations, Administration, Maintenance and Provisioning  
Optical Carrier 1  
OAM  
OAM&P  
OC-1  
OC-N  
ODI  
Optical Carrier n (where "n" is an integer)  
Open Data-link Interface  
Out of Band  
OOB  
OSI  
Open Systems Interconnection  
P
Personal Computer  
PC  
Priority Control  
PC  
Peripheral Component Interconnect  
Peak Cell Rate  
PCI  
PCR  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual A-7  
 
Acronyms  
Protocol Data Unit  
PDU  
PMD  
PMP  
P-NNI  
PPD  
PROM  
PTI  
Physical Media Dependent Sub-layer  
Point-to-Multipoint  
Private Network Node Interface or Private Network-to-Network Interface  
Partial Packet Discard  
Programmable Read-Only Memory  
Payload Type Indicator  
Point-to-Point  
PTP  
Permanent or Provisioned Virtual Circuit  
PVC  
Q
R
Quality of Service  
QOS  
Q-Signaling ATM Adaptation Layer. (Q represents the Q-series of the  
ITU-T (International Telecommunications Union).  
QSAAL  
Read-Only Access  
R
Random Access Memory  
RAM  
RCR  
RD  
Raw Cell Received  
Receive Deactivated  
Request for Comment  
RFC  
RM  
Resource Management  
Return Merchandise Authorization  
Receive Queue Underrun  
RMA  
RQU  
RS-#  
Recommended Standard defined by Electronic Industries Association  
A-8 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Acronyms  
Real Time - Variable Bit Rate  
Read-Write Access  
RT-VBR  
RW  
S
Signaling ATM Adaptation Layer  
Segmentation And Reassembly  
SAAL  
SAR  
SAR Protocol Data Unit  
SAR-PDU  
SBE  
System Bus Error  
Sustainable Cell Rate  
SCR  
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy  
SDH  
Simple Efficient Adaptation Layer  
Single Mode Fiber  
SEAL  
SMF  
Switched Multimegabit Data Service  
Simple Network Management Protocol  
Synchronous Optical Network  
SMDS  
SNMP  
SONET  
STM-1  
STM-N  
STM-NC  
STP  
Synchronous Transport Module 1  
Synchronous Transport Module n (where ‘n' is an integer)  
Synchronous Transport Module n - concatenated (where ‘n' is an integer)  
Shielded Twisted Pair  
Synchronous Transport Signal 1  
STS-1  
STS-N  
STS-NC  
SVC  
Synchronous Transport Signal n (where ‘n' is an integer)  
Synchronous Transport Signal n - concatenated (where ‘n' is an integer)  
Switched Virtual Circuit  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual A-9  
 
Acronyms  
T
Transmission System 1  
T-1  
Transmission System 3  
T-3  
Transparent Asynchronous Transmitter/Receiver Interface  
Transmission Control Protocol  
Traffic Descriptor  
TAXI  
TCP  
TD  
Time-Division Multiplexing  
Trivial File Transfer Protocol  
Type, Length and Value  
TDM  
TFTP  
TLV  
U
Unspecified Bit Rate  
UBR  
UME  
UNI  
UNI Management Entity  
User-Network Interface  
Unnumbered Poll  
UP  
Usage Parameter Control  
UPC  
UTOPIA  
UTP  
Universal Test and Operations Physical Interface for ATM  
Unshielded Twisted Pair  
V
Variable Bit Rate/Real Time  
Variable Bit Rate/Non-real Time  
Virtual Circuit  
VBR/RT  
VBR/NRT  
VC  
A-10 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Acronyms  
Virtual Channel Connection  
Virtual Channel Identifier  
Virtual Channel Link  
Virtual LAN  
VCC  
VCI  
VCL  
VLAN  
VP  
Virtual Path  
Virtual Path Connection  
Virtual Path Identifier  
Virtual Private Network  
Virtual Tributary  
VPC  
VPI  
VPN  
VT  
W
Wide Area Network  
WAN  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual A-11  
 
Acronyms  
A-12 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
APPENDIX B CAUSE CODES  
ATM events often generate messages that appear on the console. Most messages are self-explanatory. However, some  
messages contain additional information in the form of cause codes. These codes identify the cause of the event.  
For example, the following SmartCell ZX-250 error message contains cause code 31:  
SmartCell ZX # NOTICE - NOTICE - 'ZLESSRV'  
AddPartyReject BUS epref : 7 Cause : 31  
NOTICE - 'ZLESSRV' ADDPartyReject - BUS Connect refused LEC : 39:00:00:00:00:0  
0:00:00:00:00:14:41:80:00:20:D4:14:41:82:00  
The following table is a list of cause codes and their meanings:  
Cause codes are defined in detail in the ATM Forum User Network Interface  
Specification (version 3.1).  
Table B-1 Cause code values and meanings  
Cause Code  
Meaning  
1
Unassigned number  
2
No route to specified transit network  
No route to destination  
VPI/VCI pair is unacceptable  
Normal cell clearing  
3
10  
16  
17  
18  
21  
22  
23  
27  
28  
30  
31  
35  
36  
37  
User busy  
No user responding  
Call rejected  
Number changed  
User rejects all calls with calling line identification  
Destination out of order  
Invalid number format  
Response to STATUS ENQUIRY  
Normal, unspecified  
Requested VPI/VCI not available  
VPI/VCI assignment failure  
User cell rate not available  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual B-1  
 
Cause Codes  
Table B-1 Cause code values and meanings  
Cause Code  
Meaning  
38  
Network out of order  
41  
Temporary failure  
43  
Access information discarded  
No VPI/VCI available  
45  
47  
Resource unavailable, unspecified  
Quality of Service unavailable  
User cell rate unavailable  
49  
51  
57  
Bearer capability not authorized  
Bearer capability not presently available  
Service or option not available, unspecified  
Bearer capability not implemented  
Unsupported combination of traffic parameters  
AAL parameters cannot be supported  
Invalid call reference value  
58  
63  
65  
73  
78  
81  
82  
Identified channel does not exist  
Incompatible destination  
88  
89  
Invalid endpoint reference  
91  
Invalid transit network selection  
Too many pending add party requests  
Mandatory information element is missing  
Message type non-existent or not implemented  
Information element non-existent or not implemented  
Invalid information element contents  
Message not compatible with call state  
Recovery on timer expire  
92  
96  
97  
99  
100  
101  
102  
104  
111  
112  
113  
114  
Incorrect message length  
Protocol error, unspecified  
No response from network  
No response to out-going call process  
No response to connect  
B-2 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Cause Codes  
Table B-1 Cause code values and meanings  
Cause Code  
Meaning  
115  
116  
117  
118  
119  
120  
121  
No response to restart request  
Link not active  
Link not found  
Calling party number not set.  
Call control block not found  
Internal resource error  
SAP not active  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual B-3  
 
Cause Codes  
B-4 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
APPENDIX C TECHNICAL SUPPORT  
This appendix tells you what to do if you need technical support for your SmartCell ZX-250 switch.  
Cabletron offers several support and service programs that provide high-quality support to our customers. For technical  
support, first contact your place of purchase. If you need additional assistance, contact Cabletron Systems, Inc. There  
are several easy ways to reach Cabletron Customer Support and Service.  
Telephone Assistance  
Our Technical Support Center is available Monday through Friday, 8am to 8pm Eastern Time, by calling  
603-332-9400.  
FAX Service  
You can fax support questions to us any time at 603-337-3075.  
Electronic Services  
You can contact Cabletron's Bulletin Board Service by dialing 603-335-3358.  
Our internet account can be reached at [email protected].  
You can also check our home pages on the World Wide Web.  
http://www.Cabletron.com  
http://www.ctron.com  
Placing A Support Call  
To expedite your inquiry, please provide the following information:  
Your Name  
Your Company Name  
Address  
Email Address  
Phone Number  
FAX Number  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual C-1  
 
Technical Support  
Detailed description of the issue (including history, what you've tried, and conditions under which  
you see this occur)  
Hardware model number, software version, and switch configuration (that is, what part types are in  
what slots)  
Hardware Warranty  
Cabletron warrants its products against defects in the physical product for one year from the date of receipt by the end  
user (as shown by Proof of Purchase). A product that is determined to be defective should be returned to the place of  
purchase. For more detailed warranty information, please consult the Product Warranty Statement received with your  
product.  
Software Warranty  
Cabletron software products carry a 90-day software warranty. During this period, customers may receive updates and  
patches for verified, reported software issues.  
Repair Services  
Cabletron offers an out-of-warranty repair service for all our products at our Santa Clara Repair Facility. Products  
returned for repair will be repaired and returned within 5 working days. A product sent directly to Cabletron Systems,  
Inc. for repair must first be assigned a Return Material Authorization (RMA) number. A product sent to Cabletron  
Systems, Inc., without an RMA number displayed outside the box will be returned to the sender unopened, at the  
sender's expense.  
To obtain an RMA number, contact the Cabletron Technical Support. When you call for an RMA number, your support  
representative will spend a few minutes with you, making sure the board is defective. Once they confirm the board is  
defective, they will assign an RMA number. Payment, shipping instructions, and turnaround time will be confirmed  
when the RMA number is assigned.  
C-2 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
INDEX  
Backward RM Cell Priority..................2-179  
Backward Traffic Type ........................2-179  
Bad Configuration Requests...................2-79  
Bandwidth Allocated..............................2-22  
Bandwidth Available..............................2-22  
Bkw Bandwidth allocated in Kb/s........2-151  
Bkw Cell Loss Priority.........................2-151  
Bkw Early Packet Discard....................2-151  
Bkw Priority Queue..............................2-151  
Bkw RM Cell Priority ..........................2-151  
Bkw TrafficType..................................2-151  
Bkwd Early Packet Discard..................2-179  
BkwTrafficDescIndex ..........................2-149  
boot load commands.................................3-1  
accessing............................................3-2  
bypassing POST.................................3-7  
chpi ....................................................3-3  
clfs......................................................3-4  
dcfg ....................................................3-5  
detailed information...........................3-1  
df........................................................3-6  
download boot load image.................3-6  
go .......................................................3-7  
he........................................................3-8  
help ....................................................3-8  
ponf....................................................3-9  
prompt................................................3-2  
revision numbers................................3-5  
starting switch from boot load prompt3-7  
boot load PROM revision numbers..........3-5  
boot load prompt ......................................3-2  
boot PROM .......................................3-1, 3-6  
Broadcast Packets...................................2-31  
Buf UF..................................................2-164  
Build Date ............................................2-186  
BUSATMAddress .........................2-42, 2-94  
BUSClient switch attribute........ 2-10 to 2-11  
BUSELAN switch attribute....... 2-12 to 2-15  
BUSLECStat switch attribute.... 2-16 to 2-17  
BUSStat switch attribute ........... 2-18 to 2-19  
Bytes Transmitted ..................................2-31  
Byts Cmp..............................................2-165  
A
AALType .............................................2-192  
Abbreviations...........................................1-3  
Access Denied........................................2-79  
accessing boot load commands................3-2  
accessing the boot load prompt................3-2  
Active VCI Bits....................................2-133  
Active VPI Bits ....................................2-133  
Address Type .......................................2-133  
AddressId .............................................2-206  
AddressType ........................................2-206  
Admin Status.............................2-149, 2-178  
ALARM ...............................................2-104  
Alarm Config file..............................2-2, 2-7  
Alarm directory.................................2-2, 2-6  
Alarm Filename.................................2-2, 2-7  
Alarm switch attribute.......... 1-14, 2-1 to 2-5  
AlarmConfig file ......................................2-2  
AlarmConfig switch attribute.........2-6 to 2-8  
AlarmNumber ..........................................2-1  
AlarmNumFiles........................................2-6  
AlarmVerbose switch attribute ................2-9  
Alert......................................................2-104  
AllocScheme ..........................................2-20  
ARP NAKs.............................................2-31  
ARP Replies Rcvd..................................2-31  
ARP Replies Sent..........................2-31, 2-64  
ARP Requests Recvd ....................2-31, 2-64  
ARP Requests Sent ................................2-31  
ARP Unreachables .................................2-31  
ArpAgingTime.......................................2-83  
ArpResponseTime..................................2-84  
ATM Address............2-10, 2-13, 2-16, 2-28,  
...........................2-35, 2-49, 2-92, 2-95, 2-98  
AutoDetectSigType..............................2-130  
AutoDetectType...................................2-130  
AutoDetectVpiVciBits.........................2-130  
B
backup switch.........................................2-39  
Backward Bandwidth Allocated in KB/s2-179  
Backward Cell Loss Priority................2-179  
Backward Priority Queue.....................2-179  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual I-1  
 
Index  
Recovery on timer expire.................. B-2  
Requested VPI/VCI not available..... B-1  
Resource unavailable, unspecified.... B-2  
Response to STATUS ENQUIRY.... B-1  
SAP not active .................................. B-3  
Service or option not available,  
unspecified........................................ B-2  
Temporary failure ............................. B-2  
Too many pending add party requestsB-2  
Unassigned number........................... B-1  
Unsupported combination of traffic  
C
CACParams switch attribute..... 2-20 to 2-21  
CACStat switch attribute........... 2-22 to 2-23  
cause codes  
AAL parameters cannot be  
supported........................................... B-2  
Access information discarded........... B-2  
Bearer capability not authorized....... B-2  
Bearer capability not implemented... B-2  
Bearer capability not presently  
available............................................ B-2  
Call control block not found............. B-3  
Call rejected...................................... B-1  
Calling party number not set............. B-3  
Destination out of order.................... B-1  
Identified channel does not exist ...... B-2  
Incompatible destination................... B-2  
Incorrect message length .................. B-2  
Information element non-existent  
or not implemented.........................B-2  
Internal resource error....................... B-3  
Invalid call reference value............... B-2  
Invalid endpoint reference................ B-2  
Invalid information element contentsB-2  
Invalid number format...................... B-1  
Invalid transit network selection....... B-2  
Link not active.................................. B-3  
Link not found .................................. B-3  
Mandatory information element is  
parameters......................................... B-2  
User busy .......................................... B-1  
User cell rate not available................ B-1  
User cell rate unavailable.................. B-2  
User rejects all calls with calling  
line identification .............................. B-1  
VPI/VCI assignment failure.............. B-1  
VPI/VCI pair is unacceptable ........... B-1  
CCTm ...................................................2-175  
Cell Memory Size.................................2-185  
change default boot load image................3-3  
changing switch start-up behavior............3-1  
changing the boot load default .................3-1  
Chnl DVT.............................................2-164  
chpi ...........................................................3-3  
clear  
config ...............................................2-39  
clear flash file system...............................3-4  
clear switch configuration ........................3-4  
clfs ............................................................3-4  
Client Address ........................................2-24  
Client State .............................................2-24  
Client Type.............................................2-30  
ClientNumber............2-24, 2-28, 2-30, 2-35,  
.......................... 2-56, 2-58, 2-61, 2-64, 2-66  
command defined .....................................1-1  
Common DRAM ..................................2-185  
Community Name ..................................2-37  
Config.....................................................2-39  
Configuration Errors...............................2-79  
Configured VCI Bits ............................2-133  
Configured VPI Bits.............................2-133  
Conn SubId............................... 2-149, 2-177  
ConnectionCompeteTime.......................2-84  
ConnectMethod ................... 2-13, 2-41, 2-94  
ConnId...................................... 2-149, 2-177  
ConnType ................................. 2-148, 2-178  
missing.............................................. B-2  
Message not compatible with call  
state................................................... B-2  
Message type non-existent or not  
implemented ..................................... B-2  
Network out of order ........................ B-2  
No response from network................ B-2  
No response to connect..................... B-2  
No response to out-going call processB-2  
No response to restart request........... B-3  
No route to destination...................... B-1  
No route to specified transit network B-1  
No user responding........................... B-1  
No VPI/VCI available....................... B-2  
Normal cell clearing ......................... B-1  
Normal, unspecified.......................... B-1  
Number changed............................... B-1  
Protocol error, unspecified................ B-2  
Quality of Service unavailable.......... B-2  
I-2 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Index  
ControlTimeout......................................2-83  
conventions ..............................................1-2  
Count....................................................2-129  
CPE Int.................................................2-165  
CPU Board Rev....................................2-184  
CPU DRAM.........................................2-184  
CPU Model...........................................2-184  
CPUSpeed ............................................2-184  
Crc Err..................................................2-164  
Critical..................................................2-104  
Cross-connect Id...................................2-151  
CrossConnId.................. 2-149, 2-157, 2-177  
CrossConnSubId ..................................2-157  
Ctrl Frames Rcvd ...................................2-31  
Ctrl Frames Sent.....................................2-31  
Current In Use VCCs ...........................2-134  
Current Max VCCs ..............................2-134  
Current VCI Bits ..................................2-134  
Current VPI Bits...................................2-133  
CurrentInterfaceRole............................2-168  
CurrentInterfaceType ...........................2-168  
download diagnostics...............................3-6  
download firmware ..................................3-6  
download POST .......................................3-6  
download switch software........................3-6  
Dropped Packets.....................................2-31  
E
EFCI Marking Enable ..........................2-189  
ELANName................2-13, 2-41, 2-72, 2-94  
ELANNumber ...........2-41, 2-72, 2-75, 2-91,  
..................................2-92, 2-94, 2-98, 2-100  
ELANNumber - BUS.2-10, 2-13, 2-16, 2-18  
ELANType.................2-13, 2-41, 2-72, 2-94  
Emergency............................................2-104  
Emit Called Party Problems.................2-172  
Emit Restarts ........................................2-173  
Emit Signaling Message Errors............2-173  
Emit Timer Expirations........................2-173  
Emit Unavailable Resources ................2-172  
Emit Unavailable Routes......................2-172  
EndRecordNum....................................2-111  
EntryIndex..............................................2-49  
Error .....................................................2-104  
Error Packets ..........................................2-31  
Examples  
D
dcfg...........................................................3-5  
Debug...................................................2-104  
default boot load image............................3-3  
DefaultInterfaceRole............................2-168  
DefaultInterfaceType ...........................2-168  
DestinationIP..........................................2-61  
DestinationVCI ......................................2-61  
DestinationVPI.......................................2-61  
DestIP...................................................2-129  
DestNetIP.............................................2-161  
Detect Called Party Problems ..............2-172  
Detect Restarts .....................................2-173  
Detect Signaling Message Errors.........2-172  
Detect Timer Expirations.....................2-173  
Detect Unavailable Resources..............2-172  
Detect Unavailable Routes...................2-172  
df ..............................................................3-6  
Discards..................................................2-16  
display configuration................................3-5  
Distribute.......................................2-41, 2-94  
Distribute Method .........................2-42, 2-95  
Distribute VPI/VC..................................2-42  
Distribute VPI/VCI .......................2-13, 2-95  
download boot load image .......................3-6  
add alarmconfig .................................2-8  
add buselan ......................................2-14  
clear alarm .........................................2-4  
clear busstat .....................................2-19  
delete busclient ................................2-11  
delete buselan...................................2-14  
flush alarm .........................................2-5  
flush alarmconfig...............................2-8  
modify alarmconfig ...........................2-8  
modify alarmverbose ..................2-4, 2-9  
modify buselan 102..........................2-15  
modify cacparams............................2-21  
show alarm 1 /d..................................2-4  
show alarm 1 /s ..................................2-4  
show alarmconfig...............................2-8  
show alarmverbose ............................2-9  
show busclient 0 ..............................2-11  
show buselan 102.............................2-15  
show buslecstat ................................2-17  
show busstat 3..................................2-19  
show cacparams...............................2-21  
show cacstat.....................................2-23  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual I-3  
 
Index  
HighVPI......................... 2-148, 2-149, 2-178  
F
FIFO OR...............................................2-164  
Filter Debug Lvl...................................2-112  
Filter Flags............................................2-113  
Filter MessageId...................................2-111  
Filter Parm Pos.....................................2-112  
Filter Parm Val.....................................2-112  
Filter Search Str....................................2-112  
Filter SubModuleId ..............................2-111  
FilterModuleId .....................................2-111  
flags ............................................ 2-92, 2-161  
flash RAM................................................3-6  
FlushTimeout .........................................2-84  
ForwardDelay.........................................2-83  
Forwards........................................2-16, 2-98  
Frame Timeouts......................................2-18  
Frame Type ..........................................2-138  
Fwd Bandwidth Allocated in Kb/s.......2-150  
Fwd Cell Loss Priority ..............2-150, 2-179  
Fwd Early Packet Discard....................2-150  
Fwd Priority Queue ..............................2-150  
Fwd RM Cell Priority...........................2-150  
Fwd TrafficType ..................................2-150  
FwdBandwidthAllocated......................2-178  
FwdEarlyPacketDiscard.......................2-178  
FwdPriorityQueue................................2-178  
FwdRMCellPriority..............................2-179  
FwdTrafficDescIndex................2-148, 2-149  
FwdTrafficType ...................................2-178  
I
ILMIAdminStatus ..................................2-52  
In Call Establishments..........................2-173  
In Multicast.............................................2-18  
In Octets .................................................2-18  
In Unicast ...............................................2-18  
INARP NAKs.........................................2-64  
INARP Replies Recvd............................2-64  
INARP Requests Sent ............................2-64  
INARP Unreachables .............................2-64  
Index............................................. 2-1, 2-106  
Info .......................................................2-104  
Input File Flags.....................................2-112  
Insufficient Information .........................2-79  
Insufficient Resources ............................2-79  
Interface................................................2-161  
InterfaceAddressType ..........................2-132  
Invalid Address.......................................2-79  
Invalid Destination .................................2-79  
Invalid Request Parameters....................2-79  
Invalid Requester Ids..............................2-79  
IPAddress ........ 2-24, 2-37, 2-54, 2-58, 2-61,  
....... 2-66, 2-124, 2-184, 2-185, 2-197, 2-200  
IPNetMask.................................. 2-54, 2-184  
ISR Int ..................................................2-165  
J
Join access denied errors......................2-101  
Join duplicate ATM destination errors.2-100  
Join duplicate LAN destination errors..2-100  
Join insufficient resource errors ...........2-101  
Join invalid ATM address errors..........2-101  
Join invalid LAN destination errors.....2-101  
Join invalid request param errors .........2-100  
Join invalid requestid errors .................2-101  
Join OK.................................................2-100  
Join version not supported errors .........2-100  
G
GatewayIP............................................2-161  
go..............................................................3-7  
bypassing POST.................................3-7  
H
H2LLastChange ...................................2-178  
H2LOpStatus........................................2-178  
he ..............................................................3-8  
Heap Space Used/Total/%Free.............2-186  
help....................................................1-4, 3-8  
High EPD Watermark/Threshold.........2-189  
High to Low Last Change ....................2-150  
High to Low Operational Status...........2-150  
HighPort ........................ 2-148, 2-149, 2-178  
HighVCI........................ 2-148, 2-149, 2-178  
K
KpAliveTm...........................................2-175  
L
L2HLastChange....................................2-178  
I-4 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Index  
L2HOpStatus........................................2-178  
LAN Name....................................2-24, 2-66  
LAN Type ........................... 2-25, 2-42, 2-95  
LEC Configs...........................................2-79  
LECAddress...........................................2-75  
LECId.........................2-10, 2-16, 2-92, 2-98  
LECSAddress.........................................2-70  
Len Err .................................................2-164  
Length ....................................................2-49  
LES Address........................ 2-25, 2-42, 2-72  
LocalPortNum......................................2-111  
LocalSegId .............................................2-84  
LogBufferSize............... 2-106, 2-108, 2-111  
LogLevel ..................................................2-2  
Logprint................................................2-109  
Low EPD Watermark/Threshold..........2-189  
Low to High Last Change ....................2-150  
Low to High Operational Status...........2-150  
low-level commands ................................3-1  
LowPort......................... 2-148, 2-149, 2-178  
LowVCI......................... 2-148, 2-149, 2-178  
LowVPI......................... 2-148, 2-149, 2-178  
Module .....................................................2-1  
Msg.......................................................2-106  
MTU........ 2-25, 2-41, 2-58, 2-66, 2-72, 2-94  
MTU - client...........................................2-13  
Multicast Packets....................................2-30  
MulticastSendVCCAvgRate ..................2-84  
MulticastSendVCCPeakRate .................2-84  
MulticastSendVCCType ........................2-84  
Multipoint............................ 2-13, 2-41, 2-94  
N
Name ...........................................2-37, 2-197  
NetMask ........................................2-58, 2-66  
NetPrefix ..............................................2-126  
New Password......................................2-128  
NLS mode ............................................2-112  
NoRespTm ...........................................2-175  
Notice ...................................................2-104  
Num......................................................2-106  
Num of alarm files.............................2-2, 2-7  
Num of logs per file ..........................2-3, 2-7  
Num of used files ..............................2-2, 2-7  
NumAlarmsPerFile...................................2-6  
Number of Cells dropped in the Bkw  
M
MAC Address.................... 2-28, 2-35, 2-185  
MAC address............................................3-5  
MACAddress/ RouteDesc......................2-75  
MaskIndex............................................2-204  
Max Len ...............................................2-164  
MaxCC.................................................2-175  
MaxPD .................................................2-175  
MaxRetryCount......................................2-83  
MaxUnknownFrameCount.....................2-83  
MaxUnknownFrameTime......................2-83  
MaxVCIBits .........................................2-132  
MaxVPIBits..........................................2-132  
MBSCLP0............................................2-192  
MBSCLP01..........................................2-192  
Media Type ..........................................2-133  
Message....................................................2-2  
Metric .....................................................2-49  
MF Int...................................................2-165  
MM Int .................................................2-165  
Mod ......................................................2-106  
Mode ........................................................2-9  
modify alarmverbose................................2-9  
modify cacparams ..................................2-21  
Direction...............................................2-151  
Number of Cells dropped in the Fwd  
Direction....................................2-150, 2-179  
Number of Cells Received in the Bkwd  
Direction....................................2-151, 2-180  
Number of Cells received in the Fwd  
Direction....................................2-150, 2-179  
Number of EPD Packets dropped in  
the Bkw Direction .....................2-151, 2-180  
Number of EPD Packets dropped in  
the Fwd Direction......................2-151, 2-179  
Number of Ports ...................................2-185  
Number of Quad Boards ......................2-185  
Number of Switch Boards....................2-185  
NumFilesUsed..........................................2-6  
NumParameters........................................2-2  
O
Old Password........................................2-128  
operator defined........................................1-1  
Out Call Establishments.......................2-173  
Out Multicast..........................................2-18  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual I-5  
 
Index  
Out Octets...............................................2-18  
Out Unicast.............................................2-18  
Output Destination ...............................2-112  
Output Type..........................................2-111  
R
Raw Cell...............................................2-164  
RCR Int.................................................2-165  
RCV Byts .............................................2-164  
Rcv Pkts................................................2-164  
RD Int...................................................2-165  
Receives........................................ 2-16, 2-98  
Refcnt ...................................................2-161  
Reg. access denied errors .....................2-101  
Reg. duplicate ATM destination errors 2-101  
Reg. duplicate LAN destination errors.2-100  
Reg. insufficient resource errors ..........2-101  
Reg. invalid ATM address errors .........2-101  
Reg. invalid LAN destination errors ....2-101  
Reg. invalid request param errors.........2-100  
Reg. invalid requestid errors ................2-101  
Reg. version not supported errors.........2-100  
RegisteredAddress................................2-206  
repair service ........................................... C-2  
RM Cell Marking Enable .....................2-189  
RouteType ............................................2-206  
Rows.....................................................2-163  
RQA Int ................................................2-165  
RQU Int ................................................2-165  
RxOctets .................................................2-30  
RxPkts ....................................................2-30  
RxWindowSz........................................2-175  
P
Parameter..................................................2-2  
Password...............................................2-145  
Path..............................................2-46, 2-182  
PathSwitchingDelay...............................2-84  
PCRCLP0.............................................2-191  
PCRCLP01...........................................2-191  
PI Int.....................................................2-165  
Pkts Cmp ..............................................2-165  
Pkts Drp................................................2-165  
Pkts Qd.................................................2-165  
PollTm..................................................2-175  
ponf...........................................................3-9  
Port ............................................2-175, 2-197  
Port Admin State..................................2-132  
Port ID.......................................2-132, 2-138  
Port Operational State ..........................2-133  
Port QSAAL State................................2-133  
PortMode..............................................2-138  
PortNumber...............2-20, 2-22, 2-49, 2-52,  
................2-126, 2-130, 2-132, 2-138, 2-140,  
..... 2-143, 2-149, 2-168, 2-172, 2-177, 2-201  
POST........................................................3-5  
off.......................................................3-9  
on .......................................................3-9  
POST on or off.........................................3-9  
power on system test ................................3-9  
Print Debug Msg ..................................2-112  
Print Parms Flags .................................2-112  
Printing Log Messages on Console......2-109  
Privilege .................................................2-37  
Prompt..................................................2-147  
prompt  
S
SAR Memory .......................................2-185  
SBE Int .................................................2-165  
SCRCLP0 .............................................2-192  
SCRCLP01 ...........................................2-191  
Secondary Flash Type ..........................2-184  
Sends ......................................................2-98  
SequenceNum...........................................2-2  
Server Conn............................................2-24  
Server Type ............................................2-24  
ServerAddress .............................. 2-58, 2-66  
ServerIP...................................... 2-46, 2-182  
ServerType ................................... 2-58, 2-66  
show buslecstat.......................................2-17  
show busstat ...........................................2-19  
show cacparams......................................2-21  
show cacstat............................................2-23  
Software Image Size.............................2-186  
Software Version..................................2-185  
boot load commands..........................3-2  
Q
QOSClass .............................................2-192  
Queue # EFCI Threshold......................2-189  
Queue # Minimum/Maximum CellCounter..  
..............................................................2-143  
Quiet mode...........................................2-113  
I-6 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 
Index  
SPE Int .................................................2-165  
spur Int .................................................2-164  
Start record...........................................2-113  
StartFileNum............................................2-6  
Starting file number...........................2-2, 2-7  
starting switch from boot load prompt.....3-7  
Status......................................................2-24  
SubModule....................................2-1, 2-106  
Successful Configuration Requests........2-79  
SVC Failures..........................................2-31  
switch attribute defined............................1-1  
Switch Board 1 Rev .............................2-185  
Switch Board 2 Rev .............................2-185  
Switch Discard Threshold....................2-189  
Switch Software Type..........................2-185  
SwitchName..............................2-184, 2-188  
U
U Abrts .................................................2-164  
UNIATMAddress.................................2-201  
Unicast Packets ......................................2-30  
Unreg. invalid request param errors.....2-100  
Unreg. version not supported errors.....2-100  
upgrading switch software ................3-1, 3-6  
upgrading the boot PROM .......................3-1  
Use........................................................2-161  
using boot load commands.......................3-1  
V
Value ....................................................2-130  
VC Type ......................................2-88, 2-192  
VCC Rejects...........................................2-18  
VCCTimeout ..........................................2-83  
VciShift ................................................2-204  
VPI/VCI ............2-10, 2-35, 2-61, 2-88, 2-92  
VpiShift ................................................2-204  
T
T ...........................................................2-106  
T1 Err ...................................................2-164  
TD# ......................................................2-192  
technical support ..................................... C-1  
TFTP/Bootp..............................................3-6  
TimeStamp ...............................................2-2  
Timestamp inactive..............................2-113  
TLVIndex...............................................2-81  
TLVSet...................................................2-72  
TLVSetNumber.............................2-81, 2-83  
Total Cells Dropped.............................2-140  
Total CLP1 Cells Dropped...................2-140  
Total CLP1 Cells Received..................2-140  
Total OAM Cells Received..................2-140  
Total RM Cells Received.....................2-140  
Total Unknown VC Cells Dropped......2-140  
Trace.....................................................2-104  
Traffic Type .................. 2-149, 2-177, 2-191  
TrafficDescriptorIndex.........................2-191  
TrafficDescriptorType..........................2-191  
Translation3130....................................2-171  
Transmission Type...............................2-133  
TrapCommunityName..........................2-197  
Trusted NMS IP-Address.....................2-200  
Ttl Err...................................................2-164  
TxOctets.................................................2-30  
TxPkts ....................................................2-30  
TxWindowSz........................................2-175  
Type........................................................2-24  
W
Warning................................................2-104  
warranty................................................... C-2  
WellKnownAddress .............................2-206  
WellKnownAddrId...............................2-206  
SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual I-7  
 
Index  
I-8 SmartCell 6A000/ZX-250 Reference Manual  
 

Black Box Switch KV5300 Series User Manual
Black Decker Coffeemaker DCM2590 User Manual
Cabletron Systems Switch 04 0053 01 User Manual
Cadco Toaster CBF 4M User Manual
Campbell Hausfeld Corded Headset HL4420 User Manual
Campbell Hausfeld Staple Gun IN729300AV User Manual
Casio Watch 1827 User Manual
Chamberlain Garage Door Opener MR650 User Manual
Char Broil Gas Grill 463210510 User Manual
Chicco Baby Playpen Lullaby LX User Manual